1 #ifndef __LINUX_NL80211_H
2 #define __LINUX_NL80211_H
4 * 802.11 netlink interface public header
6 * Copyright 2006-2010 Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
7 * Copyright 2008 Michael Wu <flamingice@sourmilk.net>
8 * Copyright 2008 Luis Carlos Cobo <luisca@cozybit.com>
9 * Copyright 2008 Michael Buesch <m@bues.ch>
10 * Copyright 2008, 2009 Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
11 * Copyright 2008 Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com>
12 * Copyright 2008 Colin McCabe <colin@cozybit.com>
13 * Copyright 2015-2017 Intel Deutschland GmbH
14 * Copyright (C) 2018-2020 Intel Corporation
16 * Permission to use, copy, modify, and/or distribute this software for any
17 * purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
18 * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies.
20 * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES
21 * WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
22 * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR
23 * ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
24 * WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN
25 * ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF
26 * OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
31 * This header file defines the userspace API to the wireless stack. Please
32 * be careful not to break things - i.e. don't move anything around or so
33 * unless you can demonstrate that it breaks neither API nor ABI.
35 * Additions to the API should be accompanied by actual implementations in
36 * an upstream driver, so that example implementations exist in case there
37 * are ever concerns about the precise semantics of the API or changes are
38 * needed, and to ensure that code for dead (no longer implemented) API
39 * can actually be identified and removed.
40 * Nonetheless, semantics should also be documented carefully in this file.
43 #include <linux/types.h>
45 #define NL80211_GENL_NAME "nl80211"
47 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_CONFIG "config"
48 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_SCAN "scan"
49 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_REG "regulatory"
50 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_MLME "mlme"
51 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_VENDOR "vendor"
52 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_NAN "nan"
53 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_TESTMODE "testmode"
55 #define NL80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_MIN 4
56 #define NL80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_MAX 15
57 #define NL80211_EDMG_CHANNELS_MIN 1
58 #define NL80211_EDMG_CHANNELS_MAX 0x3c /* 0b00111100 */
61 * DOC: Station handling
63 * Stations are added per interface, but a special case exists with VLAN
64 * interfaces. When a station is bound to an AP interface, it may be moved
65 * into a VLAN identified by a VLAN interface index (%NL80211_ATTR_STA_VLAN).
66 * The station is still assumed to belong to the AP interface it was added
69 * Station handling varies per interface type and depending on the driver's
72 * For drivers supporting TDLS with external setup (WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_TDLS
73 * and WIPHY_FLAG_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP), the station lifetime is as follows:
74 * - a setup station entry is added, not yet authorized, without any rate
75 * or capability information, this just exists to avoid race conditions
76 * - when the TDLS setup is done, a single NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION is valid
77 * to add rate and capability information to the station and at the same
78 * time mark it authorized.
79 * - %NL80211_TDLS_ENABLE_LINK is then used
80 * - after this, the only valid operation is to remove it by tearing down
81 * the TDLS link (%NL80211_TDLS_DISABLE_LINK)
83 * TODO: need more info for other interface types
87 * DOC: Frame transmission/registration support
89 * Frame transmission and registration support exists to allow userspace
90 * management entities such as wpa_supplicant react to management frames
91 * that are not being handled by the kernel. This includes, for example,
92 * certain classes of action frames that cannot be handled in the kernel
93 * for various reasons.
95 * Frame registration is done on a per-interface basis and registrations
96 * cannot be removed other than by closing the socket. It is possible to
97 * specify a registration filter to register, for example, only for a
98 * certain type of action frame. In particular with action frames, those
99 * that userspace registers for will not be returned as unhandled by the
100 * driver, so that the registered application has to take responsibility
103 * The type of frame that can be registered for is also dependent on the
104 * driver and interface type. The frame types are advertised in wiphy
105 * attributes so applications know what to expect.
107 * NOTE: When an interface changes type while registrations are active,
108 * these registrations are ignored until the interface type is
109 * changed again. This means that changing the interface type can
110 * lead to a situation that couldn't otherwise be produced, but
111 * any such registrations will be dormant in the sense that they
112 * will not be serviced, i.e. they will not receive any frames.
114 * Frame transmission allows userspace to send for example the required
115 * responses to action frames. It is subject to some sanity checking,
116 * but many frames can be transmitted. When a frame was transmitted, its
117 * status is indicated to the sending socket.
119 * For more technical details, see the corresponding command descriptions
124 * DOC: Virtual interface / concurrency capabilities
126 * Some devices are able to operate with virtual MACs, they can have
127 * more than one virtual interface. The capability handling for this
128 * is a bit complex though, as there may be a number of restrictions
129 * on the types of concurrency that are supported.
131 * To start with, each device supports the interface types listed in
132 * the %NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES attribute, but by listing the
133 * types there no concurrency is implied.
135 * Once concurrency is desired, more attributes must be observed:
136 * To start with, since some interface types are purely managed in
137 * software, like the AP-VLAN type in mac80211 for example, there's
138 * an additional list of these, they can be added at any time and
139 * are only restricted by some semantic restrictions (e.g. AP-VLAN
140 * cannot be added without a corresponding AP interface). This list
141 * is exported in the %NL80211_ATTR_SOFTWARE_IFTYPES attribute.
143 * Further, the list of supported combinations is exported. This is
144 * in the %NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS attribute. Basically,
145 * it exports a list of "groups", and at any point in time the
146 * interfaces that are currently active must fall into any one of
147 * the advertised groups. Within each group, there are restrictions
148 * on the number of interfaces of different types that are supported
149 * and also the number of different channels, along with potentially
150 * some other restrictions. See &enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs.
152 * All together, these attributes define the concurrency of virtual
153 * interfaces that a given device supports.
157 * DOC: packet coalesce support
159 * In most cases, host that receives IPv4 and IPv6 multicast/broadcast
160 * packets does not do anything with these packets. Therefore the
161 * reception of these unwanted packets causes unnecessary processing
162 * and power consumption.
164 * Packet coalesce feature helps to reduce number of received interrupts
165 * to host by buffering these packets in firmware/hardware for some
166 * predefined time. Received interrupt will be generated when one of the
167 * following events occur.
168 * a) Expiration of hardware timer whose expiration time is set to maximum
169 * coalescing delay of matching coalesce rule.
170 * b) Coalescing buffer in hardware reaches it's limit.
171 * c) Packet doesn't match any of the configured coalesce rules.
173 * User needs to configure following parameters for creating a coalesce
175 * a) Maximum coalescing delay
176 * b) List of packet patterns which needs to be matched
177 * c) Condition for coalescence. pattern 'match' or 'no match'
178 * Multiple such rules can be created.
182 * DOC: WPA/WPA2 EAPOL handshake offload
184 * By setting @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_PSK flag drivers
185 * can indicate they support offloading EAPOL handshakes for WPA/WPA2
186 * preshared key authentication in station mode. In %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT
187 * the preshared key should be specified using %NL80211_ATTR_PMK. Drivers
188 * supporting this offload may reject the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT when no
189 * preshared key material is provided, for example when that driver does
190 * not support setting the temporal keys through %NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY.
192 * Similarly @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_1X flag can be
193 * set by drivers indicating offload support of the PTK/GTK EAPOL
194 * handshakes during 802.1X authentication in station mode. In order to
195 * use the offload the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT should have
196 * %NL80211_ATTR_WANT_1X_4WAY_HS attribute flag. Drivers supporting this
197 * offload may reject the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT when the attribute flag is
200 * By setting @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_AP_PSK flag drivers
201 * can indicate they support offloading EAPOL handshakes for WPA/WPA2
202 * preshared key authentication in AP mode. In %NL80211_CMD_START_AP
203 * the preshared key should be specified using %NL80211_ATTR_PMK. Drivers
204 * supporting this offload may reject the %NL80211_CMD_START_AP when no
205 * preshared key material is provided, for example when that driver does
206 * not support setting the temporal keys through %NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY.
208 * For 802.1X the PMK or PMK-R0 are set by providing %NL80211_ATTR_PMK
209 * using %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMK. For offloaded FT support also
210 * %NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME must be provided.
214 * DOC: FILS shared key authentication offload
216 * FILS shared key authentication offload can be advertized by drivers by
217 * setting @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_SK_OFFLOAD flag. The drivers that support
218 * FILS shared key authentication offload should be able to construct the
219 * authentication and association frames for FILS shared key authentication and
220 * eventually do a key derivation as per IEEE 802.11ai. The below additional
221 * parameters should be given to driver in %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT and/or in
222 * %NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_CONNECT_PARAMS.
223 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_USERNAME - used to construct keyname_nai
224 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_REALM - used to construct keyname_nai
225 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_NEXT_SEQ_NUM - used to construct erp message
226 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_RRK - used to generate the rIK and rMSK
227 * rIK should be used to generate an authentication tag on the ERP message and
228 * rMSK should be used to derive a PMKSA.
229 * rIK, rMSK should be generated and keyname_nai, sequence number should be used
230 * as specified in IETF RFC 6696.
232 * When FILS shared key authentication is completed, driver needs to provide the
233 * below additional parameters to userspace, which can be either after setting
234 * up a connection or after roaming.
235 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_KEK - used for key renewal
236 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_NEXT_SEQ_NUM - used in further EAP-RP exchanges
237 * %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID - used to identify the PMKSA used/generated
238 * %Nl80211_ATTR_PMK - used to update PMKSA cache in userspace
239 * The PMKSA can be maintained in userspace persistently so that it can be used
240 * later after reboots or wifi turn off/on also.
242 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID is the cache identifier advertized by a FILS
243 * capable AP supporting PMK caching. It specifies the scope within which the
244 * PMKSAs are cached in an ESS. %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA and
245 * %NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMKSA are enhanced to allow support for PMKSA caching based
246 * on FILS cache identifier. Additionally %NL80211_ATTR_PMK is used with
247 * %NL80211_SET_PMKSA to specify the PMK corresponding to a PMKSA for driver to
248 * use in a FILS shared key connection with PMKSA caching.
252 * DOC: SAE authentication offload
254 * By setting @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SAE_OFFLOAD flag drivers can indicate they
255 * support offloading SAE authentication for WPA3-Personal networks in station
256 * mode. Similarly @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SAE_OFFLOAD_AP flag can be set by
257 * drivers indicating the offload support in AP mode.
259 * The password for SAE should be specified using %NL80211_ATTR_SAE_PASSWORD in
260 * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT and %NL80211_CMD_START_AP for station and AP mode
265 * DOC: VLAN offload support for setting group keys and binding STAs to VLANs
267 * By setting @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_VLAN_OFFLOAD flag drivers can indicate they
268 * support offloading VLAN functionality in a manner where the driver exposes a
269 * single netdev that uses VLAN tagged frames and separate VLAN-specific netdevs
270 * can then be added using RTM_NEWLINK/IFLA_VLAN_ID similarly to the Ethernet
271 * case. Frames received from stations that are not assigned to any VLAN are
272 * delivered on the main netdev and frames to such stations can be sent through
275 * %NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY (for group keys), %NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION, and
276 * %NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION will optionally specify vlan_id using
277 * %NL80211_ATTR_VLAN_ID.
281 * DOC: TID configuration
283 * TID config support can be checked in the %NL80211_ATTR_TID_CONFIG
284 * attribute given in wiphy capabilities.
286 * The necessary configuration parameters are mentioned in
287 * &enum nl80211_tid_config_attr and it will be passed to the
288 * %NL80211_CMD_SET_TID_CONFIG command in %NL80211_ATTR_TID_CONFIG.
290 * If the configuration needs to be applied for specific peer then the MAC
291 * address of the peer needs to be passed in %NL80211_ATTR_MAC, otherwise the
292 * configuration will be applied for all the connected peers in the vif except
293 * any peers that have peer specific configuration for the TID by default; if
294 * the %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_OVERRIDE flag is set, peer specific values
295 * will be overwritten.
297 * All this configuration is valid only for STA's current connection
298 * i.e. the configuration will be reset to default when the STA connects back
299 * after disconnection/roaming, and this configuration will be cleared when
300 * the interface goes down.
304 * enum nl80211_commands - supported nl80211 commands
306 * @NL80211_CMD_UNSPEC: unspecified command to catch errors
308 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY: request information about a wiphy or dump request
309 * to get a list of all present wiphys.
310 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY: set wiphy parameters, needs %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY or
311 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX; can be used to set %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME,
312 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS, %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ,
313 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_OFFSET (and the attributes determining the
314 * channel width; this is used for setting monitor mode channel),
315 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_SHORT, %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_LONG,
316 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FRAG_THRESHOLD, and/or
317 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RTS_THRESHOLD. However, for setting the channel,
318 * see %NL80211_CMD_SET_CHANNEL instead, the support here is for backward
319 * compatibility only.
320 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_WIPHY: Newly created wiphy, response to get request
321 * or rename notification. Has attributes %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY and
322 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME.
323 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_WIPHY: Wiphy deleted. Has attributes
324 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME.
326 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_INTERFACE: Request an interface's configuration;
327 * either a dump request for all interfaces or a specific get with a
328 * single %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is supported.
329 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_INTERFACE: Set type of a virtual interface, requires
330 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE.
331 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE: Newly created virtual interface or response
332 * to %NL80211_CMD_GET_INTERFACE. Has %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX,
333 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY and %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE attributes. Can also
334 * be sent from userspace to request creation of a new virtual interface,
335 * then requires attributes %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY, %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE and
336 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFNAME.
337 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_INTERFACE: Virtual interface was deleted, has attributes
338 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY. Can also be sent from
339 * userspace to request deletion of a virtual interface, then requires
340 * attribute %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
342 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_KEY: Get sequence counter information for a key specified
343 * by %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX and/or %NL80211_ATTR_MAC.
344 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_KEY: Set key attributes %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT,
345 * %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT, or %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_THRESHOLD.
346 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY: add a key with given %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DATA,
347 * %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC, %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_CIPHER,
348 * and %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ attributes.
349 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_KEY: delete a key identified by %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX
350 * or %NL80211_ATTR_MAC.
352 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_BEACON: (not used)
353 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON: change the beacon on an access point interface
354 * using the %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_HEAD and %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL
355 * attributes. For drivers that generate the beacon and probe responses
356 * internally, the following attributes must be provided: %NL80211_ATTR_IE,
357 * %NL80211_ATTR_IE_PROBE_RESP and %NL80211_ATTR_IE_ASSOC_RESP.
358 * @NL80211_CMD_START_AP: Start AP operation on an AP interface, parameters
359 * are like for %NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON, and additionally parameters that
360 * do not change are used, these include %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL,
361 * %NL80211_ATTR_DTIM_PERIOD, %NL80211_ATTR_SSID,
362 * %NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID, %NL80211_ATTR_CIPHERS_PAIRWISE,
363 * %NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_GROUP, %NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS,
364 * %NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES, %NL80211_ATTR_PRIVACY,
365 * %NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE, %NL80211_ATTR_INACTIVITY_TIMEOUT,
366 * %NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS.
367 * The channel to use can be set on the interface or be given using the
368 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_OFFSET, and the
369 * attributes determining channel width.
370 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON: old alias for %NL80211_CMD_START_AP
371 * @NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP: Stop AP operation on the given interface
372 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_BEACON: old alias for %NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP
374 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_STATION: Get station attributes for station identified by
375 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
376 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION: Set station attributes for station identified by
377 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
378 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION: Add a station with given attributes to the
379 * interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
380 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_STATION: Remove a station identified by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC
381 * or, if no MAC address given, all stations, on the interface identified
382 * by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. %NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE and
383 * %NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE can optionally be used to specify which type
384 * of disconnection indication should be sent to the station
385 * (Deauthentication or Disassociation frame and reason code for that
388 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_MPATH: Get mesh path attributes for mesh path to
389 * destination %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by
390 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
391 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MPATH: Set mesh path attributes for mesh path to
392 * destination %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by
393 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
394 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_MPATH: Create a new mesh path for the destination given by
395 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC via %NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_NEXT_HOP.
396 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_MPATH: Delete a mesh path to the destination given by
398 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_PATH: Add a mesh path with given attributes to the
399 * interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
400 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_PATH: Remove a mesh path identified by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC
401 * or, if no MAC address given, all mesh paths, on the interface identified
402 * by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
403 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS: Set BSS attributes for BSS identified by
404 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
406 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_REG: ask the wireless core to send us its currently set
407 * regulatory domain. If %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY is specified and the device
408 * has a private regulatory domain, it will be returned. Otherwise, the
409 * global regdomain will be returned.
410 * A device will have a private regulatory domain if it uses the
411 * regulatory_hint() API. Even when a private regdomain is used the channel
412 * information will still be mended according to further hints from
413 * the regulatory core to help with compliance. A dump version of this API
414 * is now available which will returns the global regdomain as well as
415 * all private regdomains of present wiphys (for those that have it).
416 * If a wiphy is self-managed (%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_SELF_MANAGED_REG), then
417 * its private regdomain is the only valid one for it. The regulatory
418 * core is not used to help with compliance in this case.
419 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_REG: Set current regulatory domain. CRDA sends this command
420 * after being queried by the kernel. CRDA replies by sending a regulatory
421 * domain structure which consists of %NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA set to our
422 * current alpha2 if it found a match. It also provides
423 * NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FLAGS, and a set of regulatory rules. Each
424 * regulatory rule is a nested set of attributes given by
425 * %NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FREQ_[START|END] and
426 * %NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_MAX_BW with an attached power rule given by
427 * %NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_POWER_MAX_ANT_GAIN and
428 * %NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_POWER_MAX_EIRP.
429 * @NL80211_CMD_REQ_SET_REG: ask the wireless core to set the regulatory domain
430 * to the specified ISO/IEC 3166-1 alpha2 country code. The core will
431 * store this as a valid request and then query userspace for it.
433 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_CONFIG: Get mesh networking properties for the
434 * interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX
436 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_CONFIG: Set mesh networking properties for the
437 * interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX
439 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE: Set extra IEs for management frames. The
440 * interface is identified with %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and the management
441 * frame subtype with %NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE. The extra IE data to be
442 * added to the end of the specified management frame is specified with
443 * %NL80211_ATTR_IE. If the command succeeds, the requested data will be
444 * added to all specified management frames generated by
445 * kernel/firmware/driver.
446 * Note: This command has been removed and it is only reserved at this
447 * point to avoid re-using existing command number. The functionality this
448 * command was planned for has been provided with cleaner design with the
449 * option to specify additional IEs in NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN,
450 * NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE, NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE,
451 * NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE, and NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE.
453 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_SCAN: get scan results
454 * @NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN: trigger a new scan with the given parameters
455 * %NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE is used to decide whether to send the
456 * probe requests at CCK rate or not. %NL80211_ATTR_BSSID can be used to
457 * specify a BSSID to scan for; if not included, the wildcard BSSID will
459 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_SCAN_RESULTS: scan notification (as a reply to
460 * NL80211_CMD_GET_SCAN and on the "scan" multicast group)
461 * @NL80211_CMD_SCAN_ABORTED: scan was aborted, for unspecified reasons,
462 * partial scan results may be available
464 * @NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN: start a scheduled scan at certain
465 * intervals and certain number of cycles, as specified by
466 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS. If %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS is
467 * not specified and only %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL is specified,
468 * scheduled scan will run in an infinite loop with the specified interval.
469 * These attributes are mutually exculsive,
470 * i.e. NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL must not be passed if
471 * NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS is defined.
472 * If for some reason scheduled scan is aborted by the driver, all scan
473 * plans are canceled (including scan plans that did not start yet).
474 * Like with normal scans, if SSIDs (%NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS)
475 * are passed, they are used in the probe requests. For
476 * broadcast, a broadcast SSID must be passed (ie. an empty
477 * string). If no SSID is passed, no probe requests are sent and
478 * a passive scan is performed. %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES,
479 * if passed, define which channels should be scanned; if not
480 * passed, all channels allowed for the current regulatory domain
481 * are used. Extra IEs can also be passed from the userspace by
482 * using the %NL80211_ATTR_IE attribute. The first cycle of the
483 * scheduled scan can be delayed by %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_DELAY
484 * is supplied. If the device supports multiple concurrent scheduled
485 * scans, it will allow such when the caller provides the flag attribute
486 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MULTI to indicate user-space support for it.
487 * @NL80211_CMD_STOP_SCHED_SCAN: stop a scheduled scan. Returns -ENOENT if
488 * scheduled scan is not running. The caller may assume that as soon
489 * as the call returns, it is safe to start a new scheduled scan again.
490 * @NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_RESULTS: indicates that there are scheduled scan
492 * @NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_STOPPED: indicates that the scheduled scan has
493 * stopped. The driver may issue this event at any time during a
494 * scheduled scan. One reason for stopping the scan is if the hardware
495 * does not support starting an association or a normal scan while running
496 * a scheduled scan. This event is also sent when the
497 * %NL80211_CMD_STOP_SCHED_SCAN command is received or when the interface
498 * is brought down while a scheduled scan was running.
500 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY: get survey resuls, e.g. channel occupation
502 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_SURVEY_RESULTS: survey data notification (as a reply to
503 * NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY and on the "scan" multicast group)
505 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA: Add a PMKSA cache entry using %NL80211_ATTR_MAC
506 * (for the BSSID), %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID, and optionally %NL80211_ATTR_PMK
507 * (PMK is used for PTKSA derivation in case of FILS shared key offload) or
508 * using %NL80211_ATTR_SSID, %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID,
509 * %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID, and %NL80211_ATTR_PMK in case of FILS
510 * authentication where %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID is the identifier
511 * advertized by a FILS capable AP identifying the scope of PMKSA in an
513 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMKSA: Delete a PMKSA cache entry, using %NL80211_ATTR_MAC
514 * (for the BSSID) and %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID or using %NL80211_ATTR_SSID,
515 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID, and %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID in case of FILS
517 * @NL80211_CMD_FLUSH_PMKSA: Flush all PMKSA cache entries.
519 * @NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE: indicates to userspace the regulatory domain
520 * has been changed and provides details of the request information
521 * that caused the change such as who initiated the regulatory request
522 * (%NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR), the wiphy_idx
523 * (%NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2) on which the request was made from if
524 * the initiator was %NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_COUNTRY_IE or
525 * %NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_DRIVER, the type of regulatory domain
526 * set (%NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE), if the type of regulatory domain is
527 * %NL80211_REG_TYPE_COUNTRY the alpha2 to which we have moved on
528 * to (%NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2).
529 * @NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT: indicates to userspace that an AP beacon
530 * has been found while world roaming thus enabling active scan or
531 * any mode of operation that initiates TX (beacons) on a channel
532 * where we would not have been able to do either before. As an example
533 * if you are world roaming (regulatory domain set to world or if your
534 * driver is using a custom world roaming regulatory domain) and while
535 * doing a passive scan on the 5 GHz band you find an AP there (if not
536 * on a DFS channel) you will now be able to actively scan for that AP
537 * or use AP mode on your card on that same channel. Note that this will
538 * never be used for channels 1-11 on the 2 GHz band as they are always
539 * enabled world wide. This beacon hint is only sent if your device had
540 * either disabled active scanning or beaconing on a channel. We send to
541 * userspace the wiphy on which we removed a restriction from
542 * (%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY) and the channel on which this occurred
543 * before (%NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_BEFORE) and after (%NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_AFTER)
544 * the beacon hint was processed.
546 * @NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE: authentication request and notification.
547 * This command is used both as a command (request to authenticate) and
548 * as an event on the "mlme" multicast group indicating completion of the
549 * authentication process.
550 * When used as a command, %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to identify the
551 * interface. %NL80211_ATTR_MAC is used to specify PeerSTAAddress (and
552 * BSSID in case of station mode). %NL80211_ATTR_SSID is used to specify
553 * the SSID (mainly for association, but is included in authentication
554 * request, too, to help BSS selection. %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ +
555 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_OFFSET is used to specify the frequence of the
556 * channel in MHz. %NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE is used to specify the
557 * authentication type. %NL80211_ATTR_IE is used to define IEs
558 * (VendorSpecificInfo, but also including RSN IE and FT IEs) to be added
560 * When used as an event, this reports reception of an Authentication
561 * frame in station and IBSS modes when the local MLME processed the
562 * frame, i.e., it was for the local STA and was received in correct
563 * state. This is similar to MLME-AUTHENTICATE.confirm primitive in the
564 * MLME SAP interface (kernel providing MLME, userspace SME). The
565 * included %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME attribute contains the management frame
566 * (including both the header and frame body, but not FCS). This event is
567 * also used to indicate if the authentication attempt timed out. In that
568 * case the %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME attribute is replaced with a
569 * %NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT flag (and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC to indicate which
570 * pending authentication timed out).
571 * @NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE: association request and notification; like
572 * NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE but for Association and Reassociation
573 * (similar to MLME-ASSOCIATE.request, MLME-REASSOCIATE.request,
574 * MLME-ASSOCIATE.confirm or MLME-REASSOCIATE.confirm primitives). The
575 * %NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID attribute is used to specify whether the
576 * request is for the initial association to an ESS (that attribute not
577 * included) or for reassociation within the ESS (that attribute is
579 * @NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE: deauthentication request and notification; like
580 * NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE but for Deauthentication frames (similar to
581 * MLME-DEAUTHENTICATION.request and MLME-DEAUTHENTICATE.indication
583 * @NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE: disassociation request and notification; like
584 * NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE but for Disassociation frames (similar to
585 * MLME-DISASSOCIATE.request and MLME-DISASSOCIATE.indication primitives).
587 * @NL80211_CMD_MICHAEL_MIC_FAILURE: notification of a locally detected Michael
588 * MIC (part of TKIP) failure; sent on the "mlme" multicast group; the
589 * event includes %NL80211_ATTR_MAC to describe the source MAC address of
590 * the frame with invalid MIC, %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_TYPE to show the key
591 * type, %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX to indicate the key identifier, and
592 * %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ to indicate the TSC value of the frame; this
593 * event matches with MLME-MICHAELMICFAILURE.indication() primitive
595 * @NL80211_CMD_JOIN_IBSS: Join a new IBSS -- given at least an SSID and a
596 * FREQ attribute (for the initial frequency if no peer can be found)
597 * and optionally a MAC (as BSSID) and FREQ_FIXED attribute if those
598 * should be fixed rather than automatically determined. Can only be
599 * executed on a network interface that is UP, and fixed BSSID/FREQ
600 * may be rejected. Another optional parameter is the beacon interval,
601 * given in the %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL attribute, which if not
602 * given defaults to 100 TU (102.4ms).
603 * @NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_IBSS: Leave the IBSS -- no special arguments, the IBSS is
604 * determined by the network interface.
606 * @NL80211_CMD_TESTMODE: testmode command, takes a wiphy (or ifindex) attribute
607 * to identify the device, and the TESTDATA blob attribute to pass through
610 * @NL80211_CMD_CONNECT: connection request and notification; this command
611 * requests to connect to a specified network but without separating
612 * auth and assoc steps. For this, you need to specify the SSID in a
613 * %NL80211_ATTR_SSID attribute, and can optionally specify the association
614 * IEs in %NL80211_ATTR_IE, %NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE,
615 * %NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC, %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ,
616 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_OFFSET, %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT,
617 * %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE,
618 * %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_ENCRYPT,
619 * %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT, and
620 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT.
621 * If included, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ are
622 * restrictions on BSS selection, i.e., they effectively prevent roaming
623 * within the ESS. %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT
624 * can be included to provide a recommendation of the initial BSS while
625 * allowing the driver to roam to other BSSes within the ESS and also to
626 * ignore this recommendation if the indicated BSS is not ideal. Only one
627 * set of BSSID,frequency parameters is used (i.e., either the enforcing
628 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC,%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ or the less strict
629 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT).
630 * Driver shall not modify the IEs specified through %NL80211_ATTR_IE if
631 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC is included. However, if %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT is
632 * included, these IEs through %NL80211_ATTR_IE are specified by the user
633 * space based on the best possible BSS selected. Thus, if the driver ends
634 * up selecting a different BSS, it can modify these IEs accordingly (e.g.
635 * userspace asks the driver to perform PMKSA caching with BSS1 and the
636 * driver ends up selecting BSS2 with different PMKSA cache entry; RSNIE
637 * has to get updated with the apt PMKID).
638 * %NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID can be used to request a reassociation within
639 * the ESS in case the device is already associated and an association with
640 * a different BSS is desired.
641 * Background scan period can optionally be
642 * specified in %NL80211_ATTR_BG_SCAN_PERIOD,
643 * if not specified default background scan configuration
644 * in driver is used and if period value is 0, bg scan will be disabled.
645 * This attribute is ignored if driver does not support roam scan.
646 * It is also sent as an event, with the BSSID and response IEs when the
647 * connection is established or failed to be established. This can be
648 * determined by the %NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE attribute (0 = success,
649 * non-zero = failure). If %NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT is included in the
650 * event, the connection attempt failed due to not being able to initiate
651 * authentication/association or not receiving a response from the AP.
652 * Non-zero %NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE value is indicated in that case as
653 * well to remain backwards compatible.
654 * @NL80211_CMD_ROAM: Notification indicating the card/driver roamed by itself.
655 * When a security association was established on an 802.1X network using
656 * fast transition, this event should be followed by an
657 * %NL80211_CMD_PORT_AUTHORIZED event.
658 * @NL80211_CMD_DISCONNECT: drop a given connection; also used to notify
659 * userspace that a connection was dropped by the AP or due to other
660 * reasons, for this the %NL80211_ATTR_DISCONNECTED_BY_AP and
661 * %NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE attributes are used.
663 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY_NETNS: Set a wiphy's netns. Note that all devices
664 * associated with this wiphy must be down and will follow.
666 * @NL80211_CMD_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL: Request to remain awake on the specified
667 * channel for the specified amount of time. This can be used to do
668 * off-channel operations like transmit a Public Action frame and wait for
669 * a response while being associated to an AP on another channel.
670 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to specify which interface (and thus
671 * radio) is used. %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ is used to specify the
672 * frequency for the operation.
673 * %NL80211_ATTR_DURATION is used to specify the duration in milliseconds
674 * to remain on the channel. This command is also used as an event to
675 * notify when the requested duration starts (it may take a while for the
676 * driver to schedule this time due to other concurrent needs for the
678 * When called, this operation returns a cookie (%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE)
679 * that will be included with any events pertaining to this request;
680 * the cookie is also used to cancel the request.
681 * @NL80211_CMD_CANCEL_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL: This command can be used to cancel a
682 * pending remain-on-channel duration if the desired operation has been
683 * completed prior to expiration of the originally requested duration.
684 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY or %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to specify the
685 * radio. The %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE attribute must be given as well to
686 * uniquely identify the request.
687 * This command is also used as an event to notify when a requested
688 * remain-on-channel duration has expired.
690 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_TX_BITRATE_MASK: Set the mask of rates to be used in TX
691 * rate selection. %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to specify the interface
692 * and @NL80211_ATTR_TX_RATES the set of allowed rates.
694 * @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME: Register for receiving certain mgmt frames
695 * (via @NL80211_CMD_FRAME) for processing in userspace. This command
696 * requires an interface index, a frame type attribute (optional for
697 * backward compatibility reasons, if not given assumes action frames)
698 * and a match attribute containing the first few bytes of the frame
699 * that should match, e.g. a single byte for only a category match or
700 * four bytes for vendor frames including the OUI. The registration
701 * cannot be dropped, but is removed automatically when the netlink
702 * socket is closed. Multiple registrations can be made.
703 * The %NL80211_ATTR_RECEIVE_MULTICAST flag attribute can be given if
704 * %NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MULTICAST_REGISTRATIONS is available, in which
705 * case the registration can also be modified to include/exclude the
706 * flag, rather than requiring unregistration to change it.
707 * @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_ACTION: Alias for @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME for
708 * backward compatibility
709 * @NL80211_CMD_FRAME: Management frame TX request and RX notification. This
710 * command is used both as a request to transmit a management frame and
711 * as an event indicating reception of a frame that was not processed in
712 * kernel code, but is for us (i.e., which may need to be processed in a
713 * user space application). %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME is used to specify the
714 * frame contents (including header). %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ is used
715 * to indicate on which channel the frame is to be transmitted or was
716 * received. If this channel is not the current channel (remain-on-channel
717 * or the operational channel) the device will switch to the given channel
718 * and transmit the frame, optionally waiting for a response for the time
719 * specified using %NL80211_ATTR_DURATION. When called, this operation
720 * returns a cookie (%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE) that will be included with the
721 * TX status event pertaining to the TX request.
722 * %NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE is used to decide whether to send the
723 * management frames at CCK rate or not in 2GHz band.
724 * %NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFFSETS_TX is an array of offsets to CSA
725 * counters which will be updated to the current value. This attribute
726 * is used during CSA period.
727 * @NL80211_CMD_FRAME_WAIT_CANCEL: When an off-channel TX was requested, this
728 * command may be used with the corresponding cookie to cancel the wait
729 * time if it is known that it is no longer necessary. This command is
730 * also sent as an event whenever the driver has completed the off-channel
732 * @NL80211_CMD_ACTION: Alias for @NL80211_CMD_FRAME for backward compatibility.
733 * @NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS: Report TX status of a management frame
734 * transmitted with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME. %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE identifies
735 * the TX command and %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME includes the contents of the
736 * frame. %NL80211_ATTR_ACK flag is included if the recipient acknowledged
738 * @NL80211_CMD_ACTION_TX_STATUS: Alias for @NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS for
739 * backward compatibility.
741 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_POWER_SAVE: Set powersave, using %NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE
742 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_POWER_SAVE: Get powersave status in %NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE
744 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_CQM: Connection quality monitor configuration. This command
745 * is used to configure connection quality monitoring notification trigger
747 * @NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM: Connection quality monitor notification. This
748 * command is used as an event to indicate the that a trigger level was
750 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_CHANNEL: Set the channel (using %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ
751 * and the attributes determining channel width) the given interface
752 * (identifed by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX) shall operate on.
753 * In case multiple channels are supported by the device, the mechanism
754 * with which it switches channels is implementation-defined.
755 * When a monitor interface is given, it can only switch channel while
756 * no other interfaces are operating to avoid disturbing the operation
757 * of any other interfaces, and other interfaces will again take
758 * precedence when they are used.
760 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WDS_PEER: Set the MAC address of the peer on a WDS interface.
762 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST: Configure if this AP should perform
763 * multicast to unicast conversion. When enabled, all multicast packets
764 * with ethertype ARP, IPv4 or IPv6 (possibly within an 802.1Q header)
765 * will be sent out to each station once with the destination (multicast)
766 * MAC address replaced by the station's MAC address. Note that this may
767 * break certain expectations of the receiver, e.g. the ability to drop
768 * unicast IP packets encapsulated in multicast L2 frames, or the ability
769 * to not send destination unreachable messages in such cases.
770 * This can only be toggled per BSS. Configure this on an interface of
771 * type %NL80211_IFTYPE_AP. It applies to all its VLAN interfaces
772 * (%NL80211_IFTYPE_AP_VLAN), except for those in 4addr (WDS) mode.
773 * If %NL80211_ATTR_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST_ENABLED is not present with this
774 * command, the feature is disabled.
776 * @NL80211_CMD_JOIN_MESH: Join a mesh. The mesh ID must be given, and initial
777 * mesh config parameters may be given.
778 * @NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_MESH: Leave the mesh network -- no special arguments, the
779 * network is determined by the network interface.
781 * @NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DEAUTHENTICATE: Unprotected deauthentication frame
782 * notification. This event is used to indicate that an unprotected
783 * deauthentication frame was dropped when MFP is in use.
784 * @NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DISASSOCIATE: Unprotected disassociation frame
785 * notification. This event is used to indicate that an unprotected
786 * disassociation frame was dropped when MFP is in use.
788 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_PEER_CANDIDATE: Notification on the reception of a
789 * beacon or probe response from a compatible mesh peer. This is only
790 * sent while no station information (sta_info) exists for the new peer
791 * candidate and when @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH,
792 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE, or
793 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM is set. On reception of this
794 * notification, userspace may decide to create a new station
795 * (@NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION). To stop this notification from
796 * reoccurring, the userspace authentication daemon may want to create the
797 * new station with the AUTHENTICATED flag unset and maybe change it later
798 * depending on the authentication result.
800 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_WOWLAN: get Wake-on-Wireless-LAN (WoWLAN) settings.
801 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN: set Wake-on-Wireless-LAN (WoWLAN) settings.
802 * Since wireless is more complex than wired ethernet, it supports
803 * various triggers. These triggers can be configured through this
804 * command with the %NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS attribute. For
805 * more background information, see
806 * https://wireless.wiki.kernel.org/en/users/Documentation/WoWLAN.
807 * The @NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN command can also be used as a notification
808 * from the driver reporting the wakeup reason. In this case, the
809 * @NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS attribute will contain the reason
810 * for the wakeup, if it was caused by wireless. If it is not present
811 * in the wakeup notification, the wireless device didn't cause the
812 * wakeup but reports that it was woken up.
814 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_REKEY_OFFLOAD: This command is used give the driver
815 * the necessary information for supporting GTK rekey offload. This
816 * feature is typically used during WoWLAN. The configuration data
817 * is contained in %NL80211_ATTR_REKEY_DATA (which is nested and
818 * contains the data in sub-attributes). After rekeying happened,
819 * this command may also be sent by the driver as an MLME event to
820 * inform userspace of the new replay counter.
822 * @NL80211_CMD_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: This is used as an event to inform userspace
823 * of PMKSA caching dandidates.
825 * @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER: Perform a high-level TDLS command (e.g. link setup).
826 * In addition, this can be used as an event to request userspace to take
827 * actions on TDLS links (set up a new link or tear down an existing one).
828 * In such events, %NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION indicates the requested
829 * operation, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC contains the peer MAC address, and
830 * %NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE the reason code to be used (only with
831 * %NL80211_TDLS_TEARDOWN).
832 * @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_MGMT: Send a TDLS management frame. The
833 * %NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_ACTION attribute determines the type of frame to be
834 * sent. Public Action codes (802.11-2012 8.1.5.1) will be sent as
835 * 802.11 management frames, while TDLS action codes (802.11-2012
836 * 8.5.13.1) will be encapsulated and sent as data frames. The currently
837 * supported Public Action code is %WLAN_PUB_ACTION_TDLS_DISCOVER_RES
838 * and the currently supported TDLS actions codes are given in
839 * &enum ieee80211_tdls_actioncode.
841 * @NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_FRAME: Used by an application controlling an AP
842 * (or GO) interface (i.e. hostapd) to ask for unexpected frames to
843 * implement sending deauth to stations that send unexpected class 3
844 * frames. Also used as the event sent by the kernel when such a frame
846 * For the event, the %NL80211_ATTR_MAC attribute carries the TA and
847 * other attributes like the interface index are present.
848 * If used as the command it must have an interface index and you can
849 * only unsubscribe from the event by closing the socket. Subscription
850 * is also for %NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_4ADDR_FRAME events.
852 * @NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_4ADDR_FRAME: Sent as an event indicating that the
853 * associated station identified by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC sent a 4addr frame
854 * and wasn't already in a 4-addr VLAN. The event will be sent similarly
855 * to the %NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_FRAME event, to the same listener.
857 * @NL80211_CMD_PROBE_CLIENT: Probe an associated station on an AP interface
858 * by sending a null data frame to it and reporting when the frame is
859 * acknowleged. This is used to allow timing out inactive clients. Uses
860 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. The command returns a
861 * direct reply with an %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE that is later used to match
862 * up the event with the request. The event includes the same data and
863 * has %NL80211_ATTR_ACK set if the frame was ACKed.
865 * @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_BEACONS: Register this socket to receive beacons from
866 * other BSSes when any interfaces are in AP mode. This helps implement
867 * OLBC handling in hostapd. Beacons are reported in %NL80211_CMD_FRAME
868 * messages. Note that per PHY only one application may register.
870 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_NOACK_MAP: sets a bitmap for the individual TIDs whether
871 * No Acknowledgement Policy should be applied.
873 * @NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_NOTIFY: An AP or GO may decide to switch channels
874 * independently of the userspace SME, send this event indicating
875 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is now on %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and the
876 * attributes determining channel width. This indication may also be
877 * sent when a remotely-initiated switch (e.g., when a STA receives a CSA
878 * from the remote AP) is completed;
880 * @NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_STARTED_NOTIFY: Notify that a channel switch
881 * has been started on an interface, regardless of the initiator
882 * (ie. whether it was requested from a remote device or
883 * initiated on our own). It indicates that
884 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX will be on %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ
885 * after %NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT TBTT's. The userspace may
886 * decide to react to this indication by requesting other
887 * interfaces to change channel as well.
889 * @NL80211_CMD_START_P2P_DEVICE: Start the given P2P Device, identified by
890 * its %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV identifier. It must have been created with
891 * %NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE previously. After it has been started, the
892 * P2P Device can be used for P2P operations, e.g. remain-on-channel and
893 * public action frame TX.
894 * @NL80211_CMD_STOP_P2P_DEVICE: Stop the given P2P Device, identified by
895 * its %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV identifier.
897 * @NL80211_CMD_CONN_FAILED: connection request to an AP failed; used to
898 * notify userspace that AP has rejected the connection request from a
899 * station, due to particular reason. %NL80211_ATTR_CONN_FAILED_REASON
902 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MCAST_RATE: Change the rate used to send multicast frames
903 * for IBSS or MESH vif.
905 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MAC_ACL: sets ACL for MAC address based access control.
906 * This is to be used with the drivers advertising the support of MAC
907 * address based access control. List of MAC addresses is passed in
908 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS and ACL policy is passed in
909 * %NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY. Driver will enable ACL with this list, if it
910 * is not already done. The new list will replace any existing list. Driver
911 * will clear its ACL when the list of MAC addresses passed is empty. This
912 * command is used in AP/P2P GO mode. Driver has to make sure to clear its
913 * ACL list during %NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP.
915 * @NL80211_CMD_RADAR_DETECT: Start a Channel availability check (CAC). Once
916 * a radar is detected or the channel availability scan (CAC) has finished
917 * or was aborted, or a radar was detected, usermode will be notified with
918 * this event. This command is also used to notify userspace about radars
919 * while operating on this channel.
920 * %NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT is used to inform about the type of the
923 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_PROTOCOL_FEATURES: Get global nl80211 protocol features,
924 * i.e. features for the nl80211 protocol rather than device features.
925 * Returns the features in the %NL80211_ATTR_PROTOCOL_FEATURES bitmap.
927 * @NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_FT_IES: Pass down the most up-to-date Fast Transition
928 * Information Element to the WLAN driver
930 * @NL80211_CMD_FT_EVENT: Send a Fast transition event from the WLAN driver
931 * to the supplicant. This will carry the target AP's MAC address along
932 * with the relevant Information Elements. This event is used to report
933 * received FT IEs (MDIE, FTIE, RSN IE, TIE, RICIE).
935 * @NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_START: Indicates user-space will start running
936 * a critical protocol that needs more reliability in the connection to
939 * @NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_STOP: Indicates the connection reliability can
940 * return back to normal.
942 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_COALESCE: Get currently supported coalesce rules.
943 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_COALESCE: Configure coalesce rules or clear existing rules.
945 * @NL80211_CMD_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Perform a channel switch by announcing the
946 * new channel information (Channel Switch Announcement - CSA)
947 * in the beacon for some time (as defined in the
948 * %NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT parameter) and then change to the
949 * new channel. Userspace provides the new channel information (using
950 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and the attributes determining channel
951 * width). %NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_BLOCK_TX may be supplied to inform
952 * other station that transmission must be blocked until the channel
953 * switch is complete.
955 * @NL80211_CMD_VENDOR: Vendor-specified command/event. The command is specified
956 * by the %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_ID attribute and a sub-command in
957 * %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_SUBCMD. Parameter(s) can be transported in
958 * %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA.
959 * For feature advertisement, the %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA attribute is
960 * used in the wiphy data as a nested attribute containing descriptions
961 * (&struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info) of the supported vendor commands.
962 * This may also be sent as an event with the same attributes.
964 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_QOS_MAP: Set Interworking QoS mapping for IP DSCP values.
965 * The QoS mapping information is included in %NL80211_ATTR_QOS_MAP. If
966 * that attribute is not included, QoS mapping is disabled. Since this
967 * QoS mapping is relevant for IP packets, it is only valid during an
968 * association. This is cleared on disassociation and AP restart.
970 * @NL80211_CMD_ADD_TX_TS: Ask the kernel to add a traffic stream for the given
971 * %NL80211_ATTR_TSID and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC with %NL80211_ATTR_USER_PRIO
972 * and %NL80211_ATTR_ADMITTED_TIME parameters.
973 * Note that the action frame handshake with the AP shall be handled by
974 * userspace via the normal management RX/TX framework, this only sets
975 * up the TX TS in the driver/device.
976 * If the admitted time attribute is not added then the request just checks
977 * if a subsequent setup could be successful, the intent is to use this to
978 * avoid setting up a session with the AP when local restrictions would
979 * make that impossible. However, the subsequent "real" setup may still
980 * fail even if the check was successful.
981 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_TX_TS: Remove an existing TS with the %NL80211_ATTR_TSID
982 * and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC parameters. It isn't necessary to call this
983 * before removing a station entry entirely, or before disassociating
984 * or similar, cleanup will happen in the driver/device in this case.
986 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_MPP: Get mesh path attributes for mesh proxy path to
987 * destination %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by
988 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
990 * @NL80211_CMD_JOIN_OCB: Join the OCB network. The center frequency and
991 * bandwidth of a channel must be given.
992 * @NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_OCB: Leave the OCB network -- no special arguments, the
993 * network is determined by the network interface.
995 * @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Start channel-switching with a TDLS peer,
996 * identified by the %NL80211_ATTR_MAC parameter. A target channel is
997 * provided via %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and other attributes determining
998 * channel width/type. The target operating class is given via
999 * %NL80211_ATTR_OPER_CLASS.
1000 * The driver is responsible for continually initiating channel-switching
1001 * operations and returning to the base channel for communication with the
1003 * @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CANCEL_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Stop channel-switching with a TDLS
1004 * peer given by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. Both peers must be on the base channel
1005 * when this command completes.
1007 * @NL80211_CMD_WIPHY_REG_CHANGE: Similar to %NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE, but used
1008 * as an event to indicate changes for devices with wiphy-specific regdom
1011 * @NL80211_CMD_ABORT_SCAN: Stop an ongoing scan. Returns -ENOENT if a scan is
1012 * not running. The driver indicates the status of the scan through
1013 * cfg80211_scan_done().
1015 * @NL80211_CMD_START_NAN: Start NAN operation, identified by its
1016 * %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV interface. This interface must have been
1017 * previously created with %NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE. After it
1018 * has been started, the NAN interface will create or join a
1019 * cluster. This command must have a valid
1020 * %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MASTER_PREF attribute and optional
1021 * %NL80211_ATTR_BANDS attributes. If %NL80211_ATTR_BANDS is
1022 * omitted or set to 0, it means don't-care and the device will
1023 * decide what to use. After this command NAN functions can be
1025 * @NL80211_CMD_STOP_NAN: Stop the NAN operation, identified by
1026 * its %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV interface.
1027 * @NL80211_CMD_ADD_NAN_FUNCTION: Add a NAN function. The function is defined
1028 * with %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC nested attribute. When called, this
1029 * operation returns the strictly positive and unique instance id
1030 * (%NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC_INST_ID) and a cookie (%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE)
1031 * of the function upon success.
1032 * Since instance ID's can be re-used, this cookie is the right
1033 * way to identify the function. This will avoid races when a termination
1034 * event is handled by the user space after it has already added a new
1035 * function that got the same instance id from the kernel as the one
1036 * which just terminated.
1037 * This cookie may be used in NAN events even before the command
1038 * returns, so userspace shouldn't process NAN events until it processes
1039 * the response to this command.
1040 * Look at %NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER as well.
1041 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_NAN_FUNCTION: Delete a NAN function by cookie.
1042 * This command is also used as a notification sent when a NAN function is
1043 * terminated. This will contain a %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC_INST_ID
1044 * and %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE attributes.
1045 * @NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG: Change current NAN
1046 * configuration. NAN must be operational (%NL80211_CMD_START_NAN
1047 * was executed). It must contain at least one of the following
1048 * attributes: %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MASTER_PREF,
1049 * %NL80211_ATTR_BANDS. If %NL80211_ATTR_BANDS is omitted, the
1050 * current configuration is not changed. If it is present but
1051 * set to zero, the configuration is changed to don't-care
1052 * (i.e. the device can decide what to do).
1053 * @NL80211_CMD_NAN_FUNC_MATCH: Notification sent when a match is reported.
1054 * This will contain a %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MATCH nested attribute and
1055 * %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE.
1057 * @NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_CONNECT_PARAMS: Update one or more connect parameters
1058 * for subsequent roaming cases if the driver or firmware uses internal
1059 * BSS selection. This command can be issued only while connected and it
1060 * does not result in a change for the current association. Currently,
1061 * only the %NL80211_ATTR_IE data is used and updated with this command.
1063 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_PMK: For offloaded 4-Way handshake, set the PMK or PMK-R0
1064 * for the given authenticator address (specified with %NL80211_ATTR_MAC).
1065 * When %NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME is set, %NL80211_ATTR_PMK specifies the
1066 * PMK-R0, otherwise it specifies the PMK.
1067 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMK: For offloaded 4-Way handshake, delete the previously
1068 * configured PMK for the authenticator address identified by
1069 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC.
1070 * @NL80211_CMD_PORT_AUTHORIZED: An event that indicates an 802.1X FT roam was
1071 * completed successfully. Drivers that support 4 way handshake offload
1072 * should send this event after indicating 802.1X FT assocation with
1073 * %NL80211_CMD_ROAM. If the 4 way handshake failed %NL80211_CMD_DISCONNECT
1074 * should be indicated instead.
1075 * @NL80211_CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME: Control Port (e.g. PAE) frame TX request
1076 * and RX notification. This command is used both as a request to transmit
1077 * a control port frame and as a notification that a control port frame
1078 * has been received. %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME is used to specify the
1079 * frame contents. The frame is the raw EAPoL data, without ethernet or
1081 * When used as an event indication %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE,
1082 * %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_ENCRYPT and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC are added
1083 * indicating the protocol type of the received frame; whether the frame
1084 * was received unencrypted and the MAC address of the peer respectively.
1086 * @NL80211_CMD_RELOAD_REGDB: Request that the regdb firmware file is reloaded.
1088 * @NL80211_CMD_EXTERNAL_AUTH: This interface is exclusively defined for host
1089 * drivers that do not define separate commands for authentication and
1090 * association, but rely on user space for the authentication to happen.
1091 * This interface acts both as the event request (driver to user space)
1092 * to trigger the authentication and command response (userspace to
1093 * driver) to indicate the authentication status.
1095 * User space uses the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT command to the host driver to
1096 * trigger a connection. The host driver selects a BSS and further uses
1097 * this interface to offload only the authentication part to the user
1098 * space. Authentication frames are passed between the driver and user
1099 * space through the %NL80211_CMD_FRAME interface. Host driver proceeds
1100 * further with the association after getting successful authentication
1101 * status. User space indicates the authentication status through
1102 * %NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE attribute in %NL80211_CMD_EXTERNAL_AUTH
1103 * command interface.
1105 * Host driver reports this status on an authentication failure to the
1106 * user space through the connect result as the user space would have
1107 * initiated the connection through the connect request.
1109 * @NL80211_CMD_STA_OPMODE_CHANGED: An event that notify station's
1110 * ht opmode or vht opmode changes using any of %NL80211_ATTR_SMPS_MODE,
1111 * %NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH,%NL80211_ATTR_NSS attributes with its
1112 * address(specified in %NL80211_ATTR_MAC).
1114 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS: Retrieve FTM responder statistics, in
1115 * the %NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS attribute.
1117 * @NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_START: start a (set of) peer measurement(s)
1118 * with the given parameters, which are encapsulated in the nested
1119 * %NL80211_ATTR_PEER_MEASUREMENTS attribute. Optionally, MAC address
1120 * randomization may be enabled and configured by specifying the
1121 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_MASK attributes.
1122 * If a timeout is requested, use the %NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT attribute.
1123 * A u64 cookie for further %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE use is returned in
1124 * the netlink extended ack message.
1126 * To cancel a measurement, close the socket that requested it.
1128 * Measurement results are reported to the socket that requested the
1129 * measurement using @NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_RESULT when they
1130 * become available, so applications must ensure a large enough socket
1133 * Depending on driver support it may or may not be possible to start
1134 * multiple concurrent measurements.
1135 * @NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_RESULT: This command number is used for the
1136 * result notification from the driver to the requesting socket.
1137 * @NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_COMPLETE: Notification only, indicating that
1138 * the measurement completed, using the measurement cookie
1139 * (%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE).
1141 * @NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_RADAR: Notify the kernel that a radar signal was
1142 * detected and reported by a neighboring device on the channel
1143 * indicated by %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and other attributes
1144 * determining the width and type.
1146 * @NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_OWE_INFO: This interface allows the host driver to
1147 * offload OWE processing to user space. This intends to support
1148 * OWE AKM by the host drivers that implement SME but rely
1149 * on the user space for the cryptographic/DH IE processing in AP mode.
1151 * @NL80211_CMD_PROBE_MESH_LINK: The requirement for mesh link metric
1152 * refreshing, is that from one mesh point we be able to send some data
1153 * frames to other mesh points which are not currently selected as a
1154 * primary traffic path, but which are only 1 hop away. The absence of
1155 * the primary path to the chosen node makes it necessary to apply some
1156 * form of marking on a chosen packet stream so that the packets can be
1157 * properly steered to the selected node for testing, and not by the
1158 * regular mesh path lookup. Further, the packets must be of type data
1159 * so that the rate control (often embedded in firmware) is used for
1162 * Here attribute %NL80211_ATTR_MAC is used to specify connected mesh
1163 * peer MAC address and %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME is used to specify the frame
1164 * content. The frame is ethernet data.
1166 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_TID_CONFIG: Data frame TID specific configuration
1167 * is passed using %NL80211_ATTR_TID_CONFIG attribute.
1169 * @NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_BEACON: Unprotected or incorrectly protected Beacon
1170 * frame. This event is used to indicate that a received Beacon frame was
1171 * dropped because it did not include a valid MME MIC while beacon
1172 * protection was enabled (BIGTK configured in station mode).
1174 * @NL80211_CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME_TX_STATUS: Report TX status of a control
1175 * port frame transmitted with %NL80211_CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME.
1176 * %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE identifies the TX command and %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME
1177 * includes the contents of the frame. %NL80211_ATTR_ACK flag is included
1178 * if the recipient acknowledged the frame.
1180 * @NL80211_CMD_MAX: highest used command number
1181 * @__NL80211_CMD_AFTER_LAST: internal use
1183 enum nl80211_commands {
1184 /* don't change the order or add anything between, this is ABI! */
1187 NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY, /* can dump */
1188 NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY,
1189 NL80211_CMD_NEW_WIPHY,
1190 NL80211_CMD_DEL_WIPHY,
1192 NL80211_CMD_GET_INTERFACE, /* can dump */
1193 NL80211_CMD_SET_INTERFACE,
1194 NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE,
1195 NL80211_CMD_DEL_INTERFACE,
1197 NL80211_CMD_GET_KEY,
1198 NL80211_CMD_SET_KEY,
1199 NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY,
1200 NL80211_CMD_DEL_KEY,
1202 NL80211_CMD_GET_BEACON,
1203 NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON,
1204 NL80211_CMD_START_AP,
1205 NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON = NL80211_CMD_START_AP,
1206 NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP,
1207 NL80211_CMD_DEL_BEACON = NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP,
1209 NL80211_CMD_GET_STATION,
1210 NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION,
1211 NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION,
1212 NL80211_CMD_DEL_STATION,
1214 NL80211_CMD_GET_MPATH,
1215 NL80211_CMD_SET_MPATH,
1216 NL80211_CMD_NEW_MPATH,
1217 NL80211_CMD_DEL_MPATH,
1219 NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS,
1221 NL80211_CMD_SET_REG,
1222 NL80211_CMD_REQ_SET_REG,
1224 NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_CONFIG,
1225 NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_CONFIG,
1227 NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE /* reserved; not used */,
1229 NL80211_CMD_GET_REG,
1231 NL80211_CMD_GET_SCAN,
1232 NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN,
1233 NL80211_CMD_NEW_SCAN_RESULTS,
1234 NL80211_CMD_SCAN_ABORTED,
1236 NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE,
1238 NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE,
1239 NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE,
1240 NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE,
1241 NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE,
1243 NL80211_CMD_MICHAEL_MIC_FAILURE,
1245 NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT,
1247 NL80211_CMD_JOIN_IBSS,
1248 NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_IBSS,
1250 NL80211_CMD_TESTMODE,
1252 NL80211_CMD_CONNECT,
1254 NL80211_CMD_DISCONNECT,
1256 NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY_NETNS,
1258 NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY,
1259 NL80211_CMD_NEW_SURVEY_RESULTS,
1261 NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA,
1262 NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMKSA,
1263 NL80211_CMD_FLUSH_PMKSA,
1265 NL80211_CMD_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL,
1266 NL80211_CMD_CANCEL_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL,
1268 NL80211_CMD_SET_TX_BITRATE_MASK,
1270 NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME,
1271 NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_ACTION = NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME,
1273 NL80211_CMD_ACTION = NL80211_CMD_FRAME,
1274 NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS,
1275 NL80211_CMD_ACTION_TX_STATUS = NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS,
1277 NL80211_CMD_SET_POWER_SAVE,
1278 NL80211_CMD_GET_POWER_SAVE,
1280 NL80211_CMD_SET_CQM,
1281 NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM,
1283 NL80211_CMD_SET_CHANNEL,
1284 NL80211_CMD_SET_WDS_PEER,
1286 NL80211_CMD_FRAME_WAIT_CANCEL,
1288 NL80211_CMD_JOIN_MESH,
1289 NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_MESH,
1291 NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DEAUTHENTICATE,
1292 NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DISASSOCIATE,
1294 NL80211_CMD_NEW_PEER_CANDIDATE,
1296 NL80211_CMD_GET_WOWLAN,
1297 NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN,
1299 NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN,
1300 NL80211_CMD_STOP_SCHED_SCAN,
1301 NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_RESULTS,
1302 NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_STOPPED,
1304 NL80211_CMD_SET_REKEY_OFFLOAD,
1306 NL80211_CMD_PMKSA_CANDIDATE,
1308 NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER,
1309 NL80211_CMD_TDLS_MGMT,
1311 NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_FRAME,
1313 NL80211_CMD_PROBE_CLIENT,
1315 NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_BEACONS,
1317 NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_4ADDR_FRAME,
1319 NL80211_CMD_SET_NOACK_MAP,
1321 NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_NOTIFY,
1323 NL80211_CMD_START_P2P_DEVICE,
1324 NL80211_CMD_STOP_P2P_DEVICE,
1326 NL80211_CMD_CONN_FAILED,
1328 NL80211_CMD_SET_MCAST_RATE,
1330 NL80211_CMD_SET_MAC_ACL,
1332 NL80211_CMD_RADAR_DETECT,
1334 NL80211_CMD_GET_PROTOCOL_FEATURES,
1336 NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_FT_IES,
1337 NL80211_CMD_FT_EVENT,
1339 NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_START,
1340 NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_STOP,
1342 NL80211_CMD_GET_COALESCE,
1343 NL80211_CMD_SET_COALESCE,
1345 NL80211_CMD_CHANNEL_SWITCH,
1349 NL80211_CMD_SET_QOS_MAP,
1351 NL80211_CMD_ADD_TX_TS,
1352 NL80211_CMD_DEL_TX_TS,
1354 NL80211_CMD_GET_MPP,
1356 NL80211_CMD_JOIN_OCB,
1357 NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_OCB,
1359 NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_STARTED_NOTIFY,
1361 NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH,
1362 NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CANCEL_CHANNEL_SWITCH,
1364 NL80211_CMD_WIPHY_REG_CHANGE,
1366 NL80211_CMD_ABORT_SCAN,
1368 NL80211_CMD_START_NAN,
1369 NL80211_CMD_STOP_NAN,
1370 NL80211_CMD_ADD_NAN_FUNCTION,
1371 NL80211_CMD_DEL_NAN_FUNCTION,
1372 NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG,
1373 NL80211_CMD_NAN_MATCH,
1375 NL80211_CMD_SET_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST,
1377 NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_CONNECT_PARAMS,
1379 NL80211_CMD_SET_PMK,
1380 NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMK,
1382 NL80211_CMD_PORT_AUTHORIZED,
1384 NL80211_CMD_RELOAD_REGDB,
1386 NL80211_CMD_EXTERNAL_AUTH,
1388 NL80211_CMD_STA_OPMODE_CHANGED,
1390 NL80211_CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME,
1392 NL80211_CMD_GET_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS,
1394 NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_START,
1395 NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_RESULT,
1396 NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_COMPLETE,
1398 NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_RADAR,
1400 NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_OWE_INFO,
1402 NL80211_CMD_PROBE_MESH_LINK,
1404 NL80211_CMD_SET_TID_CONFIG,
1406 NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_BEACON,
1408 NL80211_CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME_TX_STATUS,
1410 /* add new commands above here */
1412 /* used to define NL80211_CMD_MAX below */
1413 __NL80211_CMD_AFTER_LAST,
1414 NL80211_CMD_MAX = __NL80211_CMD_AFTER_LAST - 1
1418 * Allow user space programs to use #ifdef on new commands by defining them
1421 #define NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS
1422 #define NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE
1423 #define NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE
1424 #define NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE
1425 #define NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE
1426 #define NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE
1427 #define NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE
1428 #define NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT
1430 #define NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS
1432 /* source-level API compatibility */
1433 #define NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_PARAMS NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_CONFIG
1434 #define NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_PARAMS NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_CONFIG
1435 #define NL80211_MESH_SETUP_VENDOR_PATH_SEL_IE NL80211_MESH_SETUP_IE
1438 * enum nl80211_attrs - nl80211 netlink attributes
1440 * @NL80211_ATTR_UNSPEC: unspecified attribute to catch errors
1442 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY: index of wiphy to operate on, cf.
1443 * /sys/class/ieee80211/<phyname>/index
1444 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME: wiphy name (used for renaming)
1445 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS: a nested array of TX queue parameters
1446 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ: frequency of the selected channel in MHz,
1447 * defines the channel together with the (deprecated)
1448 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE attribute or the attributes
1449 * %NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH and if needed %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1
1450 * and %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2
1451 * @NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH: u32 attribute containing one of the values
1452 * of &enum nl80211_chan_width, describing the channel width. See the
1453 * documentation of the enum for more information.
1454 * @NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1: Center frequency of the first part of the
1455 * channel, used for anything but 20 MHz bandwidth. In S1G this is the
1456 * operating channel center frequency.
1457 * @NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2: Center frequency of the second part of the
1458 * channel, used only for 80+80 MHz bandwidth
1459 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE: included with NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ
1460 * if HT20 or HT40 are to be used (i.e., HT disabled if not included):
1461 * NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT = HT not allowed (i.e., same as not including
1463 * NL80211_CHAN_HT20 = HT20 only
1464 * NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS = secondary channel is below the primary channel
1465 * NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS = secondary channel is above the primary channel
1466 * This attribute is now deprecated.
1467 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_SHORT: TX retry limit for frames whose length is
1468 * less than or equal to the RTS threshold; allowed range: 1..255;
1469 * dot11ShortRetryLimit; u8
1470 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_LONG: TX retry limit for frames whose length is
1471 * greater than the RTS threshold; allowed range: 1..255;
1472 * dot11ShortLongLimit; u8
1473 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FRAG_THRESHOLD: fragmentation threshold, i.e., maximum
1474 * length in octets for frames; allowed range: 256..8000, disable
1475 * fragmentation with (u32)-1; dot11FragmentationThreshold; u32
1476 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RTS_THRESHOLD: RTS threshold (TX frames with length
1477 * larger than or equal to this use RTS/CTS handshake); allowed range:
1478 * 0..65536, disable with (u32)-1; dot11RTSThreshold; u32
1479 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_COVERAGE_CLASS: Coverage Class as defined by IEEE 802.11
1480 * section 7.3.2.9; dot11CoverageClass; u8
1482 * @NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX: network interface index of the device to operate on
1483 * @NL80211_ATTR_IFNAME: network interface name
1484 * @NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE: type of virtual interface, see &enum nl80211_iftype
1486 * @NL80211_ATTR_WDEV: wireless device identifier, used for pseudo-devices
1487 * that don't have a netdev (u64)
1489 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC: MAC address (various uses)
1491 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DATA: (temporal) key data; for TKIP this consists of
1492 * 16 bytes encryption key followed by 8 bytes each for TX and RX MIC
1494 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX: key ID (u8, 0-3)
1495 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_CIPHER: key cipher suite (u32, as defined by IEEE 802.11
1496 * section 7.3.2.25.1, e.g. 0x000FAC04)
1497 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ: transmit key sequence number (IV/PN) for TKIP and
1498 * CCMP keys, each six bytes in little endian
1499 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT: Flag attribute indicating the key is default key
1500 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT: Flag attribute indicating the key is the
1501 * default management key
1502 * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE: For crypto settings for connect or
1503 * other commands, indicates which pairwise cipher suites are used
1504 * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP: For crypto settings for connect or
1505 * other commands, indicates which group cipher suite is used
1507 * @NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL: beacon interval in TU
1508 * @NL80211_ATTR_DTIM_PERIOD: DTIM period for beaconing
1509 * @NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_HEAD: portion of the beacon before the TIM IE
1510 * @NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL: portion of the beacon after the TIM IE
1512 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_AID: Association ID for the station (u16)
1513 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS: flags, nested element with NLA_FLAG attributes of
1514 * &enum nl80211_sta_flags (deprecated, use %NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS2)
1515 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_LISTEN_INTERVAL: listen interval as defined by
1516 * IEEE 802.11 7.3.1.6 (u16).
1517 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_RATES: supported rates, array of supported
1518 * rates as defined by IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 but without the length
1519 * restriction (at most %NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES).
1520 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_VLAN: interface index of VLAN interface to move station
1521 * to, or the AP interface the station was originally added to.
1522 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_INFO: information about a station, part of station info
1523 * given for %NL80211_CMD_GET_STATION, nested attribute containing
1524 * info as possible, see &enum nl80211_sta_info.
1526 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_BANDS: Information about an operating bands,
1527 * consisting of a nested array.
1529 * @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_ID: mesh id (1-32 bytes).
1530 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_ACTION: action to perform on the mesh peer link
1531 * (see &enum nl80211_plink_action).
1532 * @NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_NEXT_HOP: MAC address of the next hop for a mesh path.
1533 * @NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_INFO: information about a mesh_path, part of mesh path
1534 * info given for %NL80211_CMD_GET_MPATH, nested attribute described at
1535 * &enum nl80211_mpath_info.
1537 * @NL80211_ATTR_MNTR_FLAGS: flags, nested element with NLA_FLAG attributes of
1538 * &enum nl80211_mntr_flags.
1540 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2: an ISO-3166-alpha2 country code for which the
1541 * current regulatory domain should be set to or is already set to.
1542 * For example, 'CR', for Costa Rica. This attribute is used by the kernel
1543 * to query the CRDA to retrieve one regulatory domain. This attribute can
1544 * also be used by userspace to query the kernel for the currently set
1545 * regulatory domain. We chose an alpha2 as that is also used by the
1546 * IEEE-802.11 country information element to identify a country.
1547 * Users can also simply ask the wireless core to set regulatory domain
1548 * to a specific alpha2.
1549 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULES: a nested array of regulatory domain regulatory
1552 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_CTS_PROT: whether CTS protection is enabled (u8, 0 or 1)
1553 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_PREAMBLE: whether short preamble is enabled
1555 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_SLOT_TIME: whether short slot time enabled
1557 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES: basic rates, array of basic
1558 * rates in format defined by IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 but without the length
1559 * restriction (at most %NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES).
1561 * @NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY: HT Capability information element (from
1562 * association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION)
1564 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES: nested attribute containing all
1565 * supported interface types, each a flag attribute with the number
1566 * of the interface mode.
1568 * @NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE: Management frame subtype for
1569 * %NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE.
1571 * @NL80211_ATTR_IE: Information element(s) data (used, e.g., with
1572 * %NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE).
1574 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCAN_SSIDS: number of SSIDs you can scan with
1575 * a single scan request, a wiphy attribute.
1576 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_SSIDS: number of SSIDs you can
1577 * scan with a single scheduled scan request, a wiphy attribute.
1578 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_IE_LEN: maximum length of information elements
1579 * that can be added to a scan request
1580 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCHED_SCAN_IE_LEN: maximum length of information
1581 * elements that can be added to a scheduled scan request
1582 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_MATCH_SETS: maximum number of sets that can be
1583 * used with @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH, a wiphy attribute.
1585 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES: nested attribute with frequencies (in MHz)
1586 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS: nested attribute with SSIDs, leave out for passive
1587 * scanning and include a zero-length SSID (wildcard) for wildcard scan
1588 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS: scan result BSS
1590 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR: indicates who requested the regulatory domain
1591 * currently in effect. This could be any of the %NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_*
1592 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE: indicates the type of the regulatory domain currently
1593 * set. This can be one of the nl80211_reg_type (%NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_*)
1595 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_COMMANDS: wiphy attribute that specifies
1596 * an array of command numbers (i.e. a mapping index to command number)
1597 * that the driver for the given wiphy supports.
1599 * @NL80211_ATTR_FRAME: frame data (binary attribute), including frame header
1600 * and body, but not FCS; used, e.g., with NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE and
1601 * NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE events
1602 * @NL80211_ATTR_SSID: SSID (binary attribute, 0..32 octets)
1603 * @NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE: AuthenticationType, see &enum nl80211_auth_type,
1604 * represented as a u32
1605 * @NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE: ReasonCode for %NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE and
1606 * %NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE, u16
1608 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_TYPE: Key Type, see &enum nl80211_key_type, represented as
1611 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_BEFORE: A channel which has suffered a regulatory change
1612 * due to considerations from a beacon hint. This attribute reflects
1613 * the state of the channel _before_ the beacon hint processing. This
1614 * attributes consists of a nested attribute containing
1615 * NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_*
1616 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_AFTER: A channel which has suffered a regulatory change
1617 * due to considerations from a beacon hint. This attribute reflects
1618 * the state of the channel _after_ the beacon hint processing. This
1619 * attributes consists of a nested attribute containing
1620 * NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_*
1622 * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES: a set of u32 values indicating the supported
1625 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_FIXED: a flag indicating the IBSS should not try to look
1626 * for other networks on different channels
1628 * @NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT: a flag indicating than an operation timed out; this
1629 * is used, e.g., with %NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE event
1631 * @NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP: Whether management frame protection (IEEE 802.11w) is
1632 * used for the association (&enum nl80211_mfp, represented as a u32);
1633 * this attribute can be used with %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE and
1634 * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT requests. %NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL is not allowed for
1635 * %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE since user space SME is expected and hence, it
1636 * must have decided whether to use management frame protection or not.
1637 * Setting %NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL with a %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT request will
1638 * let the driver (or the firmware) decide whether to use MFP or not.
1640 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS2: Attribute containing a
1641 * &struct nl80211_sta_flag_update.
1643 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT: A flag indicating whether user space controls
1644 * IEEE 802.1X port, i.e., sets/clears %NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED, in
1645 * station mode. If the flag is included in %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE
1646 * request, the driver will assume that the port is unauthorized until
1647 * authorized by user space. Otherwise, port is marked authorized by
1648 * default in station mode.
1649 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE: A 16-bit value indicating the
1650 * ethertype that will be used for key negotiation. It can be
1651 * specified with the associate and connect commands. If it is not
1652 * specified, the value defaults to 0x888E (PAE, 802.1X). This
1653 * attribute is also used as a flag in the wiphy information to
1654 * indicate that protocols other than PAE are supported.
1655 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_ENCRYPT: When included along with
1656 * %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE, indicates that the custom
1657 * ethertype frames used for key negotiation must not be encrypted.
1658 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211: A flag indicating whether control
1659 * port frames (e.g. of type given in %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE)
1660 * will be sent directly to the network interface or sent via the NL80211
1661 * socket. If this attribute is missing, then legacy behavior of sending
1662 * control port frames directly to the network interface is used. If the
1663 * flag is included, then control port frames are sent over NL80211 instead
1664 * using %CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME. If control port routing over NL80211 is
1665 * to be used then userspace must also use the %NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER
1666 * flag. When used with %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_PREAUTH, pre-auth
1667 * frames are not forwared over the control port.
1669 * @NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA: Testmode data blob, passed through to the driver.
1670 * We recommend using nested, driver-specific attributes within this.
1672 * @NL80211_ATTR_DISCONNECTED_BY_AP: A flag indicating that the DISCONNECT
1673 * event was due to the AP disconnecting the station, and not due to
1674 * a local disconnect request.
1675 * @NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE: StatusCode for the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT
1677 * @NL80211_ATTR_PRIVACY: Flag attribute, used with connect(), indicating
1678 * that protected APs should be used. This is also used with NEW_BEACON to
1679 * indicate that the BSS is to use protection.
1681 * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHERS_PAIRWISE: Used with CONNECT, ASSOCIATE, and NEW_BEACON
1682 * to indicate which unicast key ciphers will be used with the connection
1683 * (an array of u32).
1684 * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_GROUP: Used with CONNECT, ASSOCIATE, and NEW_BEACON to
1685 * indicate which group key cipher will be used with the connection (a
1687 * @NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS: Used with CONNECT, ASSOCIATE, and NEW_BEACON to
1688 * indicate which WPA version(s) the AP we want to associate with is using
1689 * (a u32 with flags from &enum nl80211_wpa_versions).
1690 * @NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES: Used with CONNECT, ASSOCIATE, and NEW_BEACON to
1691 * indicate which key management algorithm(s) to use (an array of u32).
1692 * This attribute is also sent in response to @NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY,
1693 * indicating the supported AKM suites, intended for specific drivers which
1694 * implement SME and have constraints on which AKMs are supported and also
1695 * the cases where an AKM support is offloaded to the driver/firmware.
1696 * If there is no such notification from the driver, user space should
1697 * assume the driver supports all the AKM suites.
1699 * @NL80211_ATTR_REQ_IE: (Re)association request information elements as
1700 * sent out by the card, for ROAM and successful CONNECT events.
1701 * @NL80211_ATTR_RESP_IE: (Re)association response information elements as
1702 * sent by peer, for ROAM and successful CONNECT events.
1704 * @NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID: previous BSSID, to be used in ASSOCIATE and CONNECT
1705 * commands to specify a request to reassociate within an ESS, i.e., to use
1706 * Reassociate Request frame (with the value of this attribute in the
1707 * Current AP address field) instead of Association Request frame which is
1708 * used for the initial association to an ESS.
1710 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY: key information in a nested attribute with
1711 * %NL80211_KEY_* sub-attributes
1712 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEYS: array of keys for static WEP keys for connect()
1713 * and join_ibss(), key information is in a nested attribute each
1714 * with %NL80211_KEY_* sub-attributes
1716 * @NL80211_ATTR_PID: Process ID of a network namespace.
1718 * @NL80211_ATTR_GENERATION: Used to indicate consistent snapshots for
1719 * dumps. This number increases whenever the object list being
1720 * dumped changes, and as such userspace can verify that it has
1721 * obtained a complete and consistent snapshot by verifying that
1722 * all dump messages contain the same generation number. If it
1723 * changed then the list changed and the dump should be repeated
1724 * completely from scratch.
1726 * @NL80211_ATTR_4ADDR: Use 4-address frames on a virtual interface
1728 * @NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_INFO: survey information about a channel, part of
1729 * the survey response for %NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY, nested attribute
1730 * containing info as possible, see &enum survey_info.
1732 * @NL80211_ATTR_PMKID: PMK material for PMKSA caching.
1733 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_PMKIDS: maximum number of PMKIDs a firmware can
1734 * cache, a wiphy attribute.
1736 * @NL80211_ATTR_DURATION: Duration of an operation in milliseconds, u32.
1737 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL_DURATION: Device attribute that
1738 * specifies the maximum duration that can be requested with the
1739 * remain-on-channel operation, in milliseconds, u32.
1741 * @NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE: Generic 64-bit cookie to identify objects.
1743 * @NL80211_ATTR_TX_RATES: Nested set of attributes
1744 * (enum nl80211_tx_rate_attributes) describing TX rates per band. The
1745 * enum nl80211_band value is used as the index (nla_type() of the nested
1746 * data. If a band is not included, it will be configured to allow all
1747 * rates based on negotiated supported rates information. This attribute
1748 * is used with %NL80211_CMD_SET_TX_BITRATE_MASK and with starting AP,
1749 * and joining mesh networks (not IBSS yet). In the later case, it must
1750 * specify just a single bitrate, which is to be used for the beacon.
1751 * The driver must also specify support for this with the extended
1752 * features NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_LEGACY,
1753 * NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HT and
1754 * NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_VHT.
1756 * @NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_MATCH: A binary attribute which typically must contain
1757 * at least one byte, currently used with @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME.
1758 * @NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE: A u16 indicating the frame type/subtype for the
1759 * @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME command.
1760 * @NL80211_ATTR_TX_FRAME_TYPES: wiphy capability attribute, which is a
1761 * nested attribute of %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE attributes, containing
1762 * information about which frame types can be transmitted with
1763 * %NL80211_CMD_FRAME.
1764 * @NL80211_ATTR_RX_FRAME_TYPES: wiphy capability attribute, which is a
1765 * nested attribute of %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE attributes, containing
1766 * information about which frame types can be registered for RX.
1768 * @NL80211_ATTR_ACK: Flag attribute indicating that the frame was
1769 * acknowledged by the recipient.
1771 * @NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE: powersave state, using &enum nl80211_ps_state values.
1773 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM: connection quality monitor configuration in a
1774 * nested attribute with %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_* sub-attributes.
1776 * @NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_STATE_CHANGE: Flag attribute to indicate that a command
1777 * is requesting a local authentication/association state change without
1778 * invoking actual management frame exchange. This can be used with
1779 * NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE, NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE,
1780 * NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE.
1782 * @NL80211_ATTR_AP_ISOLATE: (AP mode) Do not forward traffic between stations
1783 * connected to this BSS.
1785 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_SETTING: Transmit power setting type. See
1786 * &enum nl80211_tx_power_setting for possible values.
1787 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_LEVEL: Transmit power level in signed mBm units.
1788 * This is used in association with @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_SETTING
1789 * for non-automatic settings.
1791 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_IBSS_RSN: The device supports IBSS RSN, which mostly
1792 * means support for per-station GTKs.
1794 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX: Bitmap of allowed antennas for transmitting.
1795 * This can be used to mask out antennas which are not attached or should
1796 * not be used for transmitting. If an antenna is not selected in this
1797 * bitmap the hardware is not allowed to transmit on this antenna.
1799 * Each bit represents one antenna, starting with antenna 1 at the first
1800 * bit. Depending on which antennas are selected in the bitmap, 802.11n
1801 * drivers can derive which chainmasks to use (if all antennas belonging to
1802 * a particular chain are disabled this chain should be disabled) and if
1803 * a chain has diversity antennas wether diversity should be used or not.
1804 * HT capabilities (STBC, TX Beamforming, Antenna selection) can be
1805 * derived from the available chains after applying the antenna mask.
1806 * Non-802.11n drivers can derive wether to use diversity or not.
1807 * Drivers may reject configurations or RX/TX mask combinations they cannot
1808 * support by returning -EINVAL.
1810 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_RX: Bitmap of allowed antennas for receiving.
1811 * This can be used to mask out antennas which are not attached or should
1812 * not be used for receiving. If an antenna is not selected in this bitmap
1813 * the hardware should not be configured to receive on this antenna.
1814 * For a more detailed description see @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX.
1816 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_TX: Bitmap of antennas which are available
1817 * for configuration as TX antennas via the above parameters.
1819 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_RX: Bitmap of antennas which are available
1820 * for configuration as RX antennas via the above parameters.
1822 * @NL80211_ATTR_MCAST_RATE: Multicast tx rate (in 100 kbps) for IBSS
1824 * @NL80211_ATTR_OFFCHANNEL_TX_OK: For management frame TX, the frame may be
1825 * transmitted on another channel when the channel given doesn't match
1826 * the current channel. If the current channel doesn't match and this
1827 * flag isn't set, the frame will be rejected. This is also used as an
1828 * nl80211 capability flag.
1830 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_HT_OPMODE: HT operation mode (u16)
1832 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES: A nested attribute containing flags
1833 * attributes, specifying what a key should be set as default as.
1834 * See &enum nl80211_key_default_types.
1836 * @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_SETUP: Optional mesh setup parameters. These cannot be
1837 * changed once the mesh is active.
1838 * @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_CONFIG: Mesh configuration parameters, a nested attribute
1839 * containing attributes from &enum nl80211_meshconf_params.
1840 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_MESH_AUTH: Currently, this means the underlying driver
1841 * allows auth frames in a mesh to be passed to userspace for processing via
1842 * the @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH flag.
1843 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_STATE: The state of a mesh peer link as defined in
1844 * &enum nl80211_plink_state. Used when userspace is driving the peer link
1845 * management state machine. @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE or
1846 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM must be enabled.
1848 * @NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED: indicates, as part of the wiphy
1849 * capabilities, the supported WoWLAN triggers
1850 * @NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS: used by %NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN to
1851 * indicate which WoW triggers should be enabled. This is also
1852 * used by %NL80211_CMD_GET_WOWLAN to get the currently enabled WoWLAN
1855 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL: Interval between scheduled scan
1858 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH: Nested attribute with one or more
1859 * sets of attributes to match during scheduled scans. Only BSSs
1860 * that match any of the sets will be reported. These are
1861 * pass-thru filter rules.
1862 * For a match to succeed, the BSS must match all attributes of a
1863 * set. Since not every hardware supports matching all types of
1864 * attributes, there is no guarantee that the reported BSSs are
1865 * fully complying with the match sets and userspace needs to be
1866 * able to ignore them by itself.
1867 * Thus, the implementation is somewhat hardware-dependent, but
1868 * this is only an optimization and the userspace application
1869 * needs to handle all the non-filtered results anyway.
1870 * If the match attributes don't make sense when combined with
1871 * the values passed in @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS (eg. if an SSID
1872 * is included in the probe request, but the match attributes
1873 * will never let it go through), -EINVAL may be returned.
1874 * If omitted, no filtering is done.
1876 * @NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS: Nested attribute listing the supported
1877 * interface combinations. In each nested item, it contains attributes
1878 * defined in &enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs.
1879 * @NL80211_ATTR_SOFTWARE_IFTYPES: Nested attribute (just like
1880 * %NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES) containing the interface types that
1881 * are managed in software: interfaces of these types aren't subject to
1882 * any restrictions in their number or combinations.
1884 * @NL80211_ATTR_REKEY_DATA: nested attribute containing the information
1885 * necessary for GTK rekeying in the device, see &enum nl80211_rekey_data.
1887 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SUPP_RATES: rates per to be advertised as supported in scan,
1888 * nested array attribute containing an entry for each band, with the entry
1889 * being a list of supported rates as defined by IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 but
1890 * without the length restriction (at most %NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES).
1892 * @NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID: indicates whether SSID is to be hidden from Beacon
1893 * and Probe Response (when response to wildcard Probe Request); see
1894 * &enum nl80211_hidden_ssid, represented as a u32
1896 * @NL80211_ATTR_IE_PROBE_RESP: Information element(s) for Probe Response frame.
1897 * This is used with %NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON and %NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON to
1898 * provide extra IEs (e.g., WPS/P2P IE) into Probe Response frames when the
1899 * driver (or firmware) replies to Probe Request frames.
1900 * @NL80211_ATTR_IE_ASSOC_RESP: Information element(s) for (Re)Association
1901 * Response frames. This is used with %NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON and
1902 * %NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON to provide extra IEs (e.g., WPS/P2P IE) into
1903 * (Re)Association Response frames when the driver (or firmware) replies to
1904 * (Re)Association Request frames.
1906 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_WME: Nested attribute containing the wme configuration
1907 * of the station, see &enum nl80211_sta_wme_attr.
1908 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_AP_UAPSD: the device supports uapsd when working
1911 * @NL80211_ATTR_ROAM_SUPPORT: Indicates whether the firmware is capable of
1912 * roaming to another AP in the same ESS if the signal lever is low.
1914 * @NL80211_ATTR_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: Nested attribute containing the PMKSA caching
1915 * candidate information, see &enum nl80211_pmksa_candidate_attr.
1917 * @NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE: Indicates whether to use CCK rate or not
1918 * for management frames transmission. In order to avoid p2p probe/action
1919 * frames are being transmitted at CCK rate in 2GHz band, the user space
1920 * applications use this attribute.
1921 * This attribute is used with %NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN and
1922 * %NL80211_CMD_FRAME commands.
1924 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_ACTION: Low level TDLS action code (e.g. link setup
1925 * request, link setup confirm, link teardown, etc.). Values are
1926 * described in the TDLS (802.11z) specification.
1927 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_DIALOG_TOKEN: Non-zero token for uniquely identifying a
1928 * TDLS conversation between two devices.
1929 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION: High level TDLS operation; see
1930 * &enum nl80211_tdls_operation, represented as a u8.
1931 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_SUPPORT: A flag indicating the device can operate
1932 * as a TDLS peer sta.
1933 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP: The TDLS discovery/setup and teardown
1934 * procedures should be performed by sending TDLS packets via
1935 * %NL80211_CMD_TDLS_MGMT. Otherwise %NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER should be
1936 * used for asking the driver to perform a TDLS operation.
1938 * @NL80211_ATTR_DEVICE_AP_SME: This u32 attribute may be listed for devices
1939 * that have AP support to indicate that they have the AP SME integrated
1940 * with support for the features listed in this attribute, see
1941 * &enum nl80211_ap_sme_features.
1943 * @NL80211_ATTR_DONT_WAIT_FOR_ACK: Used with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME, this tells
1944 * the driver to not wait for an acknowledgement. Note that due to this,
1945 * it will also not give a status callback nor return a cookie. This is
1946 * mostly useful for probe responses to save airtime.
1948 * @NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS: This u32 attribute contains flags from
1949 * &enum nl80211_feature_flags and is advertised in wiphy information.
1950 * @NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD: Indicates that the HW responds to probe
1951 * requests while operating in AP-mode.
1952 * This attribute holds a bitmap of the supported protocols for
1953 * offloading (see &enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr).
1955 * @NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP: Probe Response template data. Contains the entire
1956 * probe-response frame. The DA field in the 802.11 header is zero-ed out,
1957 * to be filled by the FW.
1958 * @NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_HT: Force HT capable interfaces to disable
1959 * this feature. Currently, only supported in mac80211 drivers.
1960 * @NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY_MASK: Specify which bits of the
1961 * ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY to which attention should be paid.
1962 * Currently, only mac80211 NICs support this feature.
1963 * The values that may be configured are:
1964 * MCS rates, MAX-AMSDU, HT-20-40 and HT_CAP_SGI_40
1965 * AMPDU density and AMPDU factor.
1966 * All values are treated as suggestions and may be ignored
1967 * by the driver as required. The actual values may be seen in
1968 * the station debugfs ht_caps file.
1970 * @NL80211_ATTR_DFS_REGION: region for regulatory rules which this country
1971 * abides to when initiating radiation on DFS channels. A country maps
1972 * to one DFS region.
1974 * @NL80211_ATTR_NOACK_MAP: This u16 bitmap contains the No Ack Policy of
1977 * @NL80211_ATTR_INACTIVITY_TIMEOUT: timeout value in seconds, this can be
1978 * used by the drivers which has MLME in firmware and does not have support
1979 * to report per station tx/rx activity to free up the station entry from
1980 * the list. This needs to be used when the driver advertises the
1981 * capability to timeout the stations.
1983 * @NL80211_ATTR_RX_SIGNAL_DBM: signal strength in dBm (as a 32-bit int);
1984 * this attribute is (depending on the driver capabilities) added to
1985 * received frames indicated with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME.
1987 * @NL80211_ATTR_BG_SCAN_PERIOD: Background scan period in seconds
1988 * or 0 to disable background scan.
1990 * @NL80211_ATTR_USER_REG_HINT_TYPE: type of regulatory hint passed from
1991 * userspace. If unset it is assumed the hint comes directly from
1992 * a user. If set code could specify exactly what type of source
1993 * was used to provide the hint. For the different types of
1994 * allowed user regulatory hints see nl80211_user_reg_hint_type.
1996 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONN_FAILED_REASON: The reason for which AP has rejected
1997 * the connection request from a station. nl80211_connect_failed_reason
1998 * enum has different reasons of connection failure.
2000 * @NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_DATA: Fields and elements in Authentication frames.
2001 * This contains the authentication frame body (non-IE and IE data),
2002 * excluding the Authentication algorithm number, i.e., starting at the
2003 * Authentication transaction sequence number field. It is used with
2004 * authentication algorithms that need special fields to be added into
2005 * the frames (SAE and FILS). Currently, only the SAE cases use the
2006 * initial two fields (Authentication transaction sequence number and
2007 * Status code). However, those fields are included in the attribute data
2008 * for all authentication algorithms to keep the attribute definition
2011 * @NL80211_ATTR_VHT_CAPABILITY: VHT Capability information element (from
2012 * association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION)
2014 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FLAGS: scan request control flags (u32)
2016 * @NL80211_ATTR_P2P_CTWINDOW: P2P GO Client Traffic Window (u8), used with
2017 * the START_AP and SET_BSS commands
2018 * @NL80211_ATTR_P2P_OPPPS: P2P GO opportunistic PS (u8), used with the
2019 * START_AP and SET_BSS commands. This can have the values 0 or 1;
2020 * if not given in START_AP 0 is assumed, if not given in SET_BSS
2021 * no change is made.
2023 * @NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_MESH_POWER_MODE: local mesh STA link-specific power mode
2024 * defined in &enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode.
2026 * @NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY: ACL policy, see &enum nl80211_acl_policy,
2027 * carried in a u32 attribute
2029 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS: Array of nested MAC addresses, used for
2032 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ACL_MAX: u32 attribute to advertise the maximum
2033 * number of MAC addresses that a device can support for MAC
2036 * @NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT: Type of radar event for notification to userspace,
2037 * contains a value of enum nl80211_radar_event (u32).
2039 * @NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA: 802.11 extended capabilities that the kernel driver
2040 * has and handles. The format is the same as the IE contents. See
2041 * 802.11-2012 8.4.2.29 for more information.
2042 * @NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA_MASK: Extended capabilities that the kernel driver
2043 * has set in the %NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA value, for multibit fields.
2045 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_CAPABILITY: Station capabilities (u16) are advertised to
2046 * the driver, e.g., to enable TDLS power save (PU-APSD).
2048 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_EXT_CAPABILITY: Station extended capabilities are
2049 * advertised to the driver, e.g., to enable TDLS off channel operations
2052 * @NL80211_ATTR_PROTOCOL_FEATURES: global nl80211 feature flags, see
2053 * &enum nl80211_protocol_features, the attribute is a u32.
2055 * @NL80211_ATTR_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP: flag attribute, userspace supports
2056 * receiving the data for a single wiphy split across multiple
2057 * messages, given with wiphy dump message
2059 * @NL80211_ATTR_MDID: Mobility Domain Identifier
2061 * @NL80211_ATTR_IE_RIC: Resource Information Container Information
2064 * @NL80211_ATTR_CRIT_PROT_ID: critical protocol identifier requiring increased
2065 * reliability, see &enum nl80211_crit_proto_id (u16).
2066 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CRIT_PROT_DURATION: duration in milliseconds in which
2067 * the connection should have increased reliability (u16).
2069 * @NL80211_ATTR_PEER_AID: Association ID for the peer TDLS station (u16).
2070 * This is similar to @NL80211_ATTR_STA_AID but with a difference of being
2071 * allowed to be used with the first @NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION command to
2072 * update a TDLS peer STA entry.
2074 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE: Coalesce rule information.
2076 * @NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT: u32 attribute specifying the number of TBTT's
2077 * until the channel switch event.
2078 * @NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_BLOCK_TX: flag attribute specifying that transmission
2079 * must be blocked on the current channel (before the channel switch
2081 * @NL80211_ATTR_CSA_IES: Nested set of attributes containing the IE information
2082 * for the time while performing a channel switch.
2083 * @NL80211_ATTR_CNTDWN_OFFS_BEACON: An array of offsets (u16) to the channel
2084 * switch or color change counters in the beacons tail (%NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL).
2085 * @NL80211_ATTR_CNTDWN_OFFS_PRESP: An array of offsets (u16) to the channel
2086 * switch or color change counters in the probe response (%NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP).
2088 * @NL80211_ATTR_RXMGMT_FLAGS: flags for nl80211_send_mgmt(), u32.
2089 * As specified in the &enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags.
2091 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_CHANNELS: array of supported channels.
2093 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_OPER_CLASSES: array of supported
2094 * operating classes.
2096 * @NL80211_ATTR_HANDLE_DFS: A flag indicating whether user space
2097 * controls DFS operation in IBSS mode. If the flag is included in
2098 * %NL80211_CMD_JOIN_IBSS request, the driver will allow use of DFS
2099 * channels and reports radar events to userspace. Userspace is required
2100 * to react to radar events, e.g. initiate a channel switch or leave the
2103 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_5_MHZ: A flag indicating that the device supports
2104 * 5 MHz channel bandwidth.
2105 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_10_MHZ: A flag indicating that the device supports
2106 * 10 MHz channel bandwidth.
2108 * @NL80211_ATTR_OPMODE_NOTIF: Operating mode field from Operating Mode
2109 * Notification Element based on association request when used with
2110 * %NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION or %NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION (only when
2111 * %NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE is supported, or with TDLS);
2114 * @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_ID: The vendor ID, either a 24-bit OUI or, if
2115 * %NL80211_VENDOR_ID_IS_LINUX is set, a special Linux ID (not used yet)
2116 * @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_SUBCMD: vendor sub-command
2117 * @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA: data for the vendor command, if any; this
2118 * attribute is also used for vendor command feature advertisement
2119 * @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_EVENTS: used for event list advertising in the wiphy
2120 * info, containing a nested array of possible events
2122 * @NL80211_ATTR_QOS_MAP: IP DSCP mapping for Interworking QoS mapping. This
2123 * data is in the format defined for the payload of the QoS Map Set element
2124 * in IEEE Std 802.11-2012, 8.4.2.97.
2126 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT: MAC address recommendation as initial BSS
2127 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT: frequency of the recommended initial BSS
2129 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_AP_ASSOC_STA: Device attribute that indicates how many
2130 * associated stations are supported in AP mode (including P2P GO); u32.
2131 * Since drivers may not have a fixed limit on the maximum number (e.g.,
2132 * other concurrent operations may affect this), drivers are allowed to
2133 * advertise values that cannot always be met. In such cases, an attempt
2134 * to add a new station entry with @NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION may fail.
2136 * @NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFFSETS_TX: An array of csa counter offsets (u16) which
2137 * should be updated when the frame is transmitted.
2138 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CSA_COUNTERS: U8 attribute used to advertise the maximum
2139 * supported number of csa counters.
2141 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_PEER_CAPABILITY: flags for TDLS peer capabilities, u32.
2142 * As specified in the &enum nl80211_tdls_peer_capability.
2144 * @NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER: Flag attribute, if set during interface
2145 * creation then the new interface will be owned by the netlink socket
2146 * that created it and will be destroyed when the socket is closed.
2147 * If set during scheduled scan start then the new scan req will be
2148 * owned by the netlink socket that created it and the scheduled scan will
2149 * be stopped when the socket is closed.
2150 * If set during configuration of regulatory indoor operation then the
2151 * regulatory indoor configuration would be owned by the netlink socket
2152 * that configured the indoor setting, and the indoor operation would be
2153 * cleared when the socket is closed.
2154 * If set during NAN interface creation, the interface will be destroyed
2155 * if the socket is closed just like any other interface. Moreover, NAN
2156 * notifications will be sent in unicast to that socket. Without this
2157 * attribute, the notifications will be sent to the %NL80211_MCGRP_NAN
2159 * If set during %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE or %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT the
2160 * station will deauthenticate when the socket is closed.
2161 * If set during %NL80211_CMD_JOIN_IBSS the IBSS will be automatically
2162 * torn down when the socket is closed.
2163 * If set during %NL80211_CMD_JOIN_MESH the mesh setup will be
2164 * automatically torn down when the socket is closed.
2165 * If set during %NL80211_CMD_START_AP the AP will be automatically
2166 * disabled when the socket is closed.
2168 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_INITIATOR: flag attribute indicating the current end is
2169 * the TDLS link initiator.
2171 * @NL80211_ATTR_USE_RRM: flag for indicating whether the current connection
2172 * shall support Radio Resource Measurements (11k). This attribute can be
2173 * used with %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE and %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT requests.
2174 * User space applications are expected to use this flag only if the
2175 * underlying device supports these minimal RRM features:
2176 * %NL80211_FEATURE_DS_PARAM_SET_IE_IN_PROBES,
2177 * %NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET,
2178 * Or, if global RRM is supported, see:
2179 * %NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_RRM
2180 * If this flag is used, driver must add the Power Capabilities IE to the
2181 * association request. In addition, it must also set the RRM capability
2182 * flag in the association request's Capability Info field.
2184 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_DYN_ACK: flag attribute used to enable ACK timeout
2185 * estimation algorithm (dynack). In order to activate dynack
2186 * %NL80211_FEATURE_ACKTO_ESTIMATION feature flag must be set by lower
2187 * drivers to indicate dynack capability. Dynack is automatically disabled
2188 * setting valid value for coverage class.
2190 * @NL80211_ATTR_TSID: a TSID value (u8 attribute)
2191 * @NL80211_ATTR_USER_PRIO: user priority value (u8 attribute)
2192 * @NL80211_ATTR_ADMITTED_TIME: admitted time in units of 32 microseconds
2193 * (per second) (u16 attribute)
2195 * @NL80211_ATTR_SMPS_MODE: SMPS mode to use (ap mode). see
2196 * &enum nl80211_smps_mode.
2198 * @NL80211_ATTR_OPER_CLASS: operating class
2200 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_MASK: MAC address mask
2202 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_SELF_MANAGED_REG: flag attribute indicating this device
2203 * is self-managing its regulatory information and any regulatory domain
2204 * obtained from it is coming from the device's wiphy and not the global
2205 * cfg80211 regdomain.
2207 * @NL80211_ATTR_EXT_FEATURES: extended feature flags contained in a byte
2208 * array. The feature flags are identified by their bit index (see &enum
2209 * nl80211_ext_feature_index). The bit index is ordered starting at the
2210 * least-significant bit of the first byte in the array, ie. bit index 0
2211 * is located at bit 0 of byte 0. bit index 25 would be located at bit 1
2212 * of byte 3 (u8 array).
2214 * @NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_RADIO_STATS: Request overall radio statistics to be
2215 * returned along with other survey data. If set, @NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY
2216 * may return a survey entry without a channel indicating global radio
2217 * statistics (only some values are valid and make sense.)
2218 * For devices that don't return such an entry even then, the information
2219 * should be contained in the result as the sum of the respective counters
2220 * over all channels.
2222 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_DELAY: delay before the first cycle of a
2223 * scheduled scan is started. Or the delay before a WoWLAN
2224 * net-detect scan is started, counting from the moment the
2225 * system is suspended. This value is a u32, in seconds.
2227 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_INDOOR: flag attribute, if set indicates that the device
2228 * is operating in an indoor environment.
2230 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS: maximum number of scan plans for
2231 * scheduled scan supported by the device (u32), a wiphy attribute.
2232 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_PLAN_INTERVAL: maximum interval (in seconds) for
2233 * a scan plan (u32), a wiphy attribute.
2234 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_PLAN_ITERATIONS: maximum number of iterations in
2235 * a scan plan (u32), a wiphy attribute.
2236 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS: a list of scan plans for scheduled scan.
2237 * Each scan plan defines the number of scan iterations and the interval
2238 * between scans. The last scan plan will always run infinitely,
2239 * thus it must not specify the number of iterations, only the interval
2240 * between scans. The scan plans are executed sequentially.
2241 * Each scan plan is a nested attribute of &enum nl80211_sched_scan_plan.
2242 * @NL80211_ATTR_PBSS: flag attribute. If set it means operate
2243 * in a PBSS. Specified in %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT to request
2244 * connecting to a PCP, and in %NL80211_CMD_START_AP to start
2245 * a PCP instead of AP. Relevant for DMG networks only.
2246 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SELECT: nested attribute for driver supporting the
2247 * BSS selection feature. When used with %NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY it contains
2248 * attributes according &enum nl80211_bss_select_attr to indicate what
2249 * BSS selection behaviours are supported. When used with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT
2250 * it contains the behaviour-specific attribute containing the parameters for
2251 * BSS selection to be done by driver and/or firmware.
2253 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORT_P2P_PS: whether P2P PS mechanism supported
2254 * or not. u8, one of the values of &enum nl80211_sta_p2p_ps_status
2256 * @NL80211_ATTR_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment
2258 * @NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE_EXT_CAPA: Nested attribute of the following attributes:
2259 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE, %NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA,
2260 * %NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA_MASK, to specify the extended capabilities per
2263 * @NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_GROUP_DATA: array of 24 bytes that defines a MU-MIMO
2264 * groupID for monitor mode.
2265 * The first 8 bytes are a mask that defines the membership in each
2266 * group (there are 64 groups, group 0 and 63 are reserved),
2267 * each bit represents a group and set to 1 for being a member in
2268 * that group and 0 for not being a member.
2269 * The remaining 16 bytes define the position in each group: 2 bits for
2271 * (smaller group numbers represented on most significant bits and bigger
2272 * group numbers on least significant bits.)
2273 * This attribute is used only if all interfaces are in monitor mode.
2274 * Set this attribute in order to monitor packets using the given MU-MIMO
2276 * to turn off that feature set all the bits of the groupID to zero.
2277 * @NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_FOLLOW_MAC_ADDR: mac address for the sniffer to follow
2278 * when using MU-MIMO air sniffer.
2279 * to turn that feature off set an invalid mac address
2280 * (e.g. FF:FF:FF:FF:FF:FF)
2282 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF: The time at which the scan was actually
2283 * started (u64). The time is the TSF of the BSS the interface that
2284 * requested the scan is connected to (if available, otherwise this
2285 * attribute must not be included).
2286 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF_BSSID: The BSS according to which
2287 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF is set.
2288 * @NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION: measurement duration in TUs (u16). If
2289 * %NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION_MANDATORY is not set, this is the
2290 * maximum measurement duration allowed. This attribute is used with
2291 * measurement requests. It can also be used with %NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN
2292 * if the scan is used for beacon report radio measurement.
2293 * @NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION_MANDATORY: flag attribute that indicates
2294 * that the duration specified with %NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION is
2295 * mandatory. If this flag is not set, the duration is the maximum duration
2296 * and the actual measurement duration may be shorter.
2298 * @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_PEER_AID: Association ID for the mesh peer (u16). This is
2299 * used to pull the stored data for mesh peer in power save state.
2301 * @NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MASTER_PREF: the master preference to be used by
2302 * %NL80211_CMD_START_NAN and optionally with
2303 * %NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG. Its type is u8 and it can't be 0.
2304 * Also, values 1 and 255 are reserved for certification purposes and
2305 * should not be used during a normal device operation.
2306 * @NL80211_ATTR_BANDS: operating bands configuration. This is a u32
2307 * bitmask of BIT(NL80211_BAND_*) as described in %enum
2308 * nl80211_band. For instance, for NL80211_BAND_2GHZ, bit 0
2309 * would be set. This attribute is used with
2310 * %NL80211_CMD_START_NAN and %NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG, and
2311 * it is optional. If no bands are set, it means don't-care and
2312 * the device will decide what to use.
2313 * @NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC: a function that can be added to NAN. See
2314 * &enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes for description of this nested
2316 * @NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MATCH: used to report a match. This is a nested attribute.
2317 * See &enum nl80211_nan_match_attributes.
2318 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_KEK: KEK for FILS (Re)Association Request/Response frame
2320 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_NONCES: Nonces (part of AAD) for FILS (Re)Association
2321 * Request/Response frame protection. This attribute contains the 16 octet
2322 * STA Nonce followed by 16 octets of AP Nonce.
2324 * @NL80211_ATTR_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST_ENABLED: Indicates whether or not multicast
2325 * packets should be send out as unicast to all stations (flag attribute).
2327 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSSID: The BSSID of the AP. Note that %NL80211_ATTR_MAC is also
2328 * used in various commands/events for specifying the BSSID.
2330 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI: Relative RSSI threshold by which
2331 * other BSSs has to be better or slightly worse than the current
2332 * connected BSS so that they get reported to user space.
2333 * This will give an opportunity to userspace to consider connecting to
2334 * other matching BSSs which have better or slightly worse RSSI than
2335 * the current connected BSS by using an offloaded operation to avoid
2336 * unnecessary wakeups.
2338 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RSSI_ADJUST: When present the RSSI level for BSSs in
2339 * the specified band is to be adjusted before doing
2340 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI based comparison to figure out
2341 * better BSSs. The attribute value is a packed structure
2342 * value as specified by &struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust.
2344 * @NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT_REASON: The reason for which an operation timed out.
2345 * u32 attribute with an &enum nl80211_timeout_reason value. This is used,
2346 * e.g., with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT event.
2348 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_USERNAME: EAP Re-authentication Protocol (ERP)
2349 * username part of NAI used to refer keys rRK and rIK. This is used with
2350 * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT.
2352 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_REALM: EAP Re-authentication Protocol (ERP) realm part
2353 * of NAI specifying the domain name of the ER server. This is used with
2354 * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT.
2356 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_NEXT_SEQ_NUM: Unsigned 16-bit ERP next sequence number
2357 * to use in ERP messages. This is used in generating the FILS wrapped data
2358 * for FILS authentication and is used with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT.
2360 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_RRK: ERP re-authentication Root Key (rRK) for the
2361 * NAI specified by %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_USERNAME and
2362 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_REALM. This is used for generating rIK and rMSK
2363 * from successful FILS authentication and is used with
2364 * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT.
2366 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID: A 2-octet identifier advertized by a FILS AP
2367 * identifying the scope of PMKSAs. This is used with
2368 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA and @NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMKSA.
2370 * @NL80211_ATTR_PMK: attribute for passing PMK key material. Used with
2371 * %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA for the PMKSA identified by %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID.
2372 * For %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT and %NL80211_CMD_START_AP it is used to provide
2373 * PSK for offloading 4-way handshake for WPA/WPA2-PSK networks. For 802.1X
2374 * authentication it is used with %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMK. For offloaded FT
2375 * support this attribute specifies the PMK-R0 if NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME
2376 * is included as well.
2378 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MULTI: flag attribute which user-space shall use to
2379 * indicate that it supports multiple active scheduled scan requests.
2380 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MAX_REQS: indicates maximum number of scheduled
2381 * scan request that may be active for the device (u32).
2383 * @NL80211_ATTR_WANT_1X_4WAY_HS: flag attribute which user-space can include
2384 * in %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT to indicate that for 802.1X authentication it
2385 * wants to use the supported offload of the 4-way handshake.
2386 * @NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME: PMK-R0 Name for offloaded FT.
2387 * @NL80211_ATTR_PORT_AUTHORIZED: (reserved)
2389 * @NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ACTION: Identify the requested external
2390 * authentication operation (u32 attribute with an
2391 * &enum nl80211_external_auth_action value). This is used with the
2392 * %NL80211_CMD_EXTERNAL_AUTH request event.
2393 * @NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT: Flag attribute indicating that the user
2394 * space supports external authentication. This attribute shall be used
2395 * with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT and %NL80211_CMD_START_AP request. The driver
2396 * may offload authentication processing to user space if this capability
2397 * is indicated in the respective requests from the user space.
2399 * @NL80211_ATTR_NSS: Station's New/updated RX_NSS value notified using this
2400 * u8 attribute. This is used with %NL80211_CMD_STA_OPMODE_CHANGED.
2402 * @NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_STATS: TXQ statistics (nested attribute, see &enum
2403 * nl80211_txq_stats)
2404 * @NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_LIMIT: Total packet limit for the TXQ queues for this phy.
2405 * The smaller of this and the memory limit is enforced.
2406 * @NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_MEMORY_LIMIT: Total memory limit (in bytes) for the
2407 * TXQ queues for this phy. The smaller of this and the packet limit is
2409 * @NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_QUANTUM: TXQ scheduler quantum (bytes). Number of bytes
2410 * a flow is assigned on each round of the DRR scheduler.
2411 * @NL80211_ATTR_HE_CAPABILITY: HE Capability information element (from
2412 * association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION). Can be set
2413 * only if %NL80211_STA_FLAG_WME is set.
2415 * @NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER: nested attribute which user-space can include
2416 * in %NL80211_CMD_START_AP or %NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON for fine timing
2417 * measurement (FTM) responder functionality and containing parameters as
2418 * possible, see &enum nl80211_ftm_responder_attr
2420 * @NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS: Nested attribute with FTM responder
2421 * statistics, see &enum nl80211_ftm_responder_stats.
2423 * @NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT: Timeout for the given operation in milliseconds (u32),
2424 * if the attribute is not given no timeout is requested. Note that 0 is an
2427 * @NL80211_ATTR_PEER_MEASUREMENTS: peer measurements request (and result)
2428 * data, uses nested attributes specified in
2429 * &enum nl80211_peer_measurement_attrs.
2430 * This is also used for capability advertisement in the wiphy information,
2431 * with the appropriate sub-attributes.
2433 * @NL80211_ATTR_AIRTIME_WEIGHT: Station's weight when scheduled by the airtime
2436 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_TX_POWER_SETTING: Transmit power setting type (u8) for
2437 * station associated with the AP. See &enum nl80211_tx_power_setting for
2439 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_TX_POWER: Transmit power level (s16) in dBm units. This
2440 * allows to set Tx power for a station. If this attribute is not included,
2441 * the default per-interface tx power setting will be overriding. Driver
2442 * should be picking up the lowest tx power, either tx power per-interface
2445 * @NL80211_ATTR_SAE_PASSWORD: attribute for passing SAE password material. It
2446 * is used with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT to provide password for offloading
2447 * SAE authentication for WPA3-Personal networks.
2449 * @NL80211_ATTR_TWT_RESPONDER: Enable target wait time responder support.
2451 * @NL80211_ATTR_HE_OBSS_PD: nested attribute for OBSS Packet Detection
2454 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_EDMG_CHANNELS: bitmap that indicates the 2.16 GHz
2455 * channel(s) that are allowed to be used for EDMG transmissions.
2456 * Defined by IEEE P802.11ay/D4.0 section 9.4.2.251. (u8 attribute)
2457 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_EDMG_BW_CONFIG: Channel BW Configuration subfield encodes
2458 * the allowed channel bandwidth configurations. (u8 attribute)
2459 * Defined by IEEE P802.11ay/D4.0 section 9.4.2.251, Table 13.
2461 * @NL80211_ATTR_VLAN_ID: VLAN ID (1..4094) for the station and VLAN group key
2464 * @NL80211_ATTR_HE_BSS_COLOR: nested attribute for BSS Color Settings.
2466 * @NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE_AKM_SUITES: nested array attribute, with each entry
2467 * using attributes from &enum nl80211_iftype_akm_attributes. This
2468 * attribute is sent in a response to %NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY indicating
2469 * supported AKM suites capability per interface. AKMs advertised in
2470 * %NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES are default capabilities if AKM suites not
2471 * advertised for a specific interface type.
2473 * @NL80211_ATTR_TID_CONFIG: TID specific configuration in a
2474 * nested attribute with &enum nl80211_tid_config_attr sub-attributes;
2475 * on output (in wiphy attributes) it contains only the feature sub-
2478 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_PREAUTH: disable preauth frame rx on control
2479 * port in order to forward/receive them as ordinary data frames.
2481 * @NL80211_ATTR_PMK_LIFETIME: Maximum lifetime for PMKSA in seconds (u32,
2482 * dot11RSNAConfigPMKReauthThreshold; 0 is not a valid value).
2483 * An optional parameter configured through %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA.
2484 * Drivers that trigger roaming need to know the lifetime of the
2485 * configured PMKSA for triggering the full vs. PMKSA caching based
2486 * authentication. This timeout helps authentication methods like SAE,
2487 * where PMK gets updated only by going through a full (new SAE)
2488 * authentication instead of getting updated during an association for EAP
2489 * authentication. No new full authentication within the PMK expiry shall
2490 * result in a disassociation at the end of the lifetime.
2492 * @NL80211_ATTR_PMK_REAUTH_THRESHOLD: Reauthentication threshold time, in
2493 * terms of percentage of %NL80211_ATTR_PMK_LIFETIME
2494 * (u8, dot11RSNAConfigPMKReauthThreshold, 1..100). This is an optional
2495 * parameter configured through %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA. Requests the
2496 * driver to trigger a full authentication roam (without PMKSA caching)
2497 * after the reauthentication threshold time, but before the PMK lifetime
2500 * Authentication methods like SAE need to be able to generate a new PMKSA
2501 * entry without having to force a disconnection after the PMK timeout. If
2502 * no roaming occurs between the reauth threshold and PMK expiration,
2503 * disassociation is still forced.
2504 * @NL80211_ATTR_RECEIVE_MULTICAST: multicast flag for the
2505 * %NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME command, see the description there.
2506 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_OFFSET: offset of the associated
2507 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ in positive KHz. Only valid when supplied with
2508 * an %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_OFFSET.
2509 * @NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1_OFFSET: Center frequency offset in KHz for the
2510 * first channel segment specified in %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1.
2511 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQ_KHZ: nested attribute with KHz frequencies
2513 * @NL80211_ATTR_HE_6GHZ_CAPABILITY: HE 6 GHz Band Capability element (from
2514 * association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION).
2516 * @NUM_NL80211_ATTR: total number of nl80211_attrs available
2517 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number currently defined
2518 * @__NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
2520 enum nl80211_attrs {
2521 /* don't change the order or add anything between, this is ABI! */
2522 NL80211_ATTR_UNSPEC,
2525 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME,
2527 NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX,
2528 NL80211_ATTR_IFNAME,
2529 NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE,
2533 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DATA,
2534 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX,
2535 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_CIPHER,
2536 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ,
2537 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT,
2539 NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL,
2540 NL80211_ATTR_DTIM_PERIOD,
2541 NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_HEAD,
2542 NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL,
2544 NL80211_ATTR_STA_AID,
2545 NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS,
2546 NL80211_ATTR_STA_LISTEN_INTERVAL,
2547 NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_RATES,
2548 NL80211_ATTR_STA_VLAN,
2549 NL80211_ATTR_STA_INFO,
2551 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_BANDS,
2553 NL80211_ATTR_MNTR_FLAGS,
2555 NL80211_ATTR_MESH_ID,
2556 NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_ACTION,
2557 NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_NEXT_HOP,
2558 NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_INFO,
2560 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_CTS_PROT,
2561 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_PREAMBLE,
2562 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_SLOT_TIME,
2564 NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY,
2566 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES,
2568 NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2,
2569 NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULES,
2571 NL80211_ATTR_MESH_CONFIG,
2573 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES,
2575 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS,
2576 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ,
2577 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE,
2579 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT,
2581 NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE,
2584 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCAN_SSIDS,
2586 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES,
2587 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS,
2588 NL80211_ATTR_GENERATION, /* replaces old SCAN_GENERATION */
2591 NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR,
2592 NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE,
2594 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_COMMANDS,
2598 NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE,
2599 NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE,
2601 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_TYPE,
2603 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_IE_LEN,
2604 NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES,
2606 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_BEFORE,
2607 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_AFTER,
2609 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_FIXED,
2612 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_SHORT,
2613 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_LONG,
2614 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FRAG_THRESHOLD,
2615 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RTS_THRESHOLD,
2617 NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT,
2619 NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP,
2621 NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS2,
2623 NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT,
2625 NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA,
2627 NL80211_ATTR_PRIVACY,
2629 NL80211_ATTR_DISCONNECTED_BY_AP,
2630 NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE,
2632 NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE,
2633 NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP,
2634 NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS,
2635 NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES,
2637 NL80211_ATTR_REQ_IE,
2638 NL80211_ATTR_RESP_IE,
2640 NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID,
2649 NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_INFO,
2652 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_PMKIDS,
2654 NL80211_ATTR_DURATION,
2656 NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE,
2658 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_COVERAGE_CLASS,
2660 NL80211_ATTR_TX_RATES,
2662 NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_MATCH,
2666 NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE,
2670 NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_STATE_CHANGE,
2672 NL80211_ATTR_AP_ISOLATE,
2674 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_SETTING,
2675 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_LEVEL,
2677 NL80211_ATTR_TX_FRAME_TYPES,
2678 NL80211_ATTR_RX_FRAME_TYPES,
2679 NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE,
2681 NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE,
2682 NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_ENCRYPT,
2684 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_IBSS_RSN,
2686 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX,
2687 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_RX,
2689 NL80211_ATTR_MCAST_RATE,
2691 NL80211_ATTR_OFFCHANNEL_TX_OK,
2693 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_HT_OPMODE,
2695 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES,
2697 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL_DURATION,
2699 NL80211_ATTR_MESH_SETUP,
2701 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_TX,
2702 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_RX,
2704 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_MESH_AUTH,
2705 NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_STATE,
2707 NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS,
2708 NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED,
2710 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL,
2712 NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS,
2713 NL80211_ATTR_SOFTWARE_IFTYPES,
2715 NL80211_ATTR_REKEY_DATA,
2717 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_SSIDS,
2718 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCHED_SCAN_IE_LEN,
2720 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SUPP_RATES,
2722 NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID,
2724 NL80211_ATTR_IE_PROBE_RESP,
2725 NL80211_ATTR_IE_ASSOC_RESP,
2727 NL80211_ATTR_STA_WME,
2728 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_AP_UAPSD,
2730 NL80211_ATTR_ROAM_SUPPORT,
2732 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH,
2733 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_MATCH_SETS,
2735 NL80211_ATTR_PMKSA_CANDIDATE,
2737 NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE,
2739 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_ACTION,
2740 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_DIALOG_TOKEN,
2741 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION,
2742 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_SUPPORT,
2743 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP,
2745 NL80211_ATTR_DEVICE_AP_SME,
2747 NL80211_ATTR_DONT_WAIT_FOR_ACK,
2749 NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS,
2751 NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD,
2753 NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP,
2755 NL80211_ATTR_DFS_REGION,
2757 NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_HT,
2758 NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY_MASK,
2760 NL80211_ATTR_NOACK_MAP,
2762 NL80211_ATTR_INACTIVITY_TIMEOUT,
2764 NL80211_ATTR_RX_SIGNAL_DBM,
2766 NL80211_ATTR_BG_SCAN_PERIOD,
2770 NL80211_ATTR_USER_REG_HINT_TYPE,
2772 NL80211_ATTR_CONN_FAILED_REASON,
2774 NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_DATA,
2776 NL80211_ATTR_VHT_CAPABILITY,
2778 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FLAGS,
2780 NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH,
2781 NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1,
2782 NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2,
2784 NL80211_ATTR_P2P_CTWINDOW,
2785 NL80211_ATTR_P2P_OPPPS,
2787 NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_MESH_POWER_MODE,
2789 NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY,
2791 NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS,
2793 NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ACL_MAX,
2795 NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT,
2797 NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA,
2798 NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA_MASK,
2800 NL80211_ATTR_STA_CAPABILITY,
2801 NL80211_ATTR_STA_EXT_CAPABILITY,
2803 NL80211_ATTR_PROTOCOL_FEATURES,
2804 NL80211_ATTR_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP,
2806 NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_VHT,
2807 NL80211_ATTR_VHT_CAPABILITY_MASK,
2810 NL80211_ATTR_IE_RIC,
2812 NL80211_ATTR_CRIT_PROT_ID,
2813 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CRIT_PROT_DURATION,
2815 NL80211_ATTR_PEER_AID,
2817 NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE,
2819 NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT,
2820 NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_BLOCK_TX,
2821 NL80211_ATTR_CSA_IES,
2822 NL80211_ATTR_CNTDWN_OFFS_BEACON,
2823 NL80211_ATTR_CNTDWN_OFFS_PRESP,
2825 NL80211_ATTR_RXMGMT_FLAGS,
2827 NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_CHANNELS,
2829 NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_OPER_CLASSES,
2831 NL80211_ATTR_HANDLE_DFS,
2833 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_5_MHZ,
2834 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_10_MHZ,
2836 NL80211_ATTR_OPMODE_NOTIF,
2838 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_ID,
2839 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_SUBCMD,
2840 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA,
2841 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_EVENTS,
2843 NL80211_ATTR_QOS_MAP,
2845 NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT,
2846 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT,
2848 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_AP_ASSOC_STA,
2850 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_PEER_CAPABILITY,
2852 NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER,
2854 NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFFSETS_TX,
2855 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CSA_COUNTERS,
2857 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_INITIATOR,
2859 NL80211_ATTR_USE_RRM,
2861 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_DYN_ACK,
2864 NL80211_ATTR_USER_PRIO,
2865 NL80211_ATTR_ADMITTED_TIME,
2867 NL80211_ATTR_SMPS_MODE,
2869 NL80211_ATTR_OPER_CLASS,
2871 NL80211_ATTR_MAC_MASK,
2873 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_SELF_MANAGED_REG,
2875 NL80211_ATTR_EXT_FEATURES,
2877 NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_RADIO_STATS,
2879 NL80211_ATTR_NETNS_FD,
2881 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_DELAY,
2883 NL80211_ATTR_REG_INDOOR,
2885 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS,
2886 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_PLAN_INTERVAL,
2887 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_PLAN_ITERATIONS,
2888 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS,
2892 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SELECT,
2894 NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORT_P2P_PS,
2898 NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE_EXT_CAPA,
2900 NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_GROUP_DATA,
2901 NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_FOLLOW_MAC_ADDR,
2903 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF,
2904 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF_BSSID,
2905 NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION,
2906 NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION_MANDATORY,
2908 NL80211_ATTR_MESH_PEER_AID,
2910 NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MASTER_PREF,
2912 NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC,
2913 NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MATCH,
2915 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_KEK,
2916 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_NONCES,
2918 NL80211_ATTR_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST_ENABLED,
2922 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI,
2923 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RSSI_ADJUST,
2925 NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT_REASON,
2927 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_USERNAME,
2928 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_REALM,
2929 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_NEXT_SEQ_NUM,
2930 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_RRK,
2931 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID,
2935 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MULTI,
2936 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MAX_REQS,
2938 NL80211_ATTR_WANT_1X_4WAY_HS,
2939 NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME,
2940 NL80211_ATTR_PORT_AUTHORIZED,
2942 NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ACTION,
2943 NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT,
2946 NL80211_ATTR_ACK_SIGNAL,
2948 NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211,
2950 NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_STATS,
2951 NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_LIMIT,
2952 NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_MEMORY_LIMIT,
2953 NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_QUANTUM,
2955 NL80211_ATTR_HE_CAPABILITY,
2957 NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER,
2959 NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS,
2961 NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT,
2963 NL80211_ATTR_PEER_MEASUREMENTS,
2965 NL80211_ATTR_AIRTIME_WEIGHT,
2966 NL80211_ATTR_STA_TX_POWER_SETTING,
2967 NL80211_ATTR_STA_TX_POWER,
2969 NL80211_ATTR_SAE_PASSWORD,
2971 NL80211_ATTR_TWT_RESPONDER,
2973 NL80211_ATTR_HE_OBSS_PD,
2975 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_EDMG_CHANNELS,
2976 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_EDMG_BW_CONFIG,
2978 NL80211_ATTR_VLAN_ID,
2980 NL80211_ATTR_HE_BSS_COLOR,
2982 NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE_AKM_SUITES,
2984 NL80211_ATTR_TID_CONFIG,
2986 NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_PREAUTH,
2988 NL80211_ATTR_PMK_LIFETIME,
2989 NL80211_ATTR_PMK_REAUTH_THRESHOLD,
2991 NL80211_ATTR_RECEIVE_MULTICAST,
2992 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_OFFSET,
2993 NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1_OFFSET,
2994 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQ_KHZ,
2996 NL80211_ATTR_HE_6GHZ_CAPABILITY,
2998 /* add attributes here, update the policy in nl80211.c */
3000 __NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
3001 NUM_NL80211_ATTR = __NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
3002 NL80211_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
3005 /* source-level API compatibility */
3006 #define NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_GENERATION NL80211_ATTR_GENERATION
3007 #define NL80211_ATTR_MESH_PARAMS NL80211_ATTR_MESH_CONFIG
3008 #define NL80211_ATTR_IFACE_SOCKET_OWNER NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER
3009 #define NL80211_ATTR_SAE_DATA NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_DATA
3010 #define NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFF_BEACON NL80211_ATTR_CNTDWN_OFFS_BEACON
3011 #define NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFF_PRESP NL80211_ATTR_CNTDWN_OFFS_PRESP
3014 * Allow user space programs to use #ifdef on new attributes by defining them
3017 #define NL80211_CMD_CONNECT NL80211_CMD_CONNECT
3018 #define NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY
3019 #define NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES
3020 #define NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS
3021 #define NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ
3022 #define NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE
3023 #define NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE
3024 #define NL80211_ATTR_IE NL80211_ATTR_IE
3025 #define NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR
3026 #define NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE
3027 #define NL80211_ATTR_FRAME NL80211_ATTR_FRAME
3028 #define NL80211_ATTR_SSID NL80211_ATTR_SSID
3029 #define NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE
3030 #define NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE
3031 #define NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE
3032 #define NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP
3033 #define NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS
3034 #define NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES
3035 #define NL80211_ATTR_KEY NL80211_ATTR_KEY
3036 #define NL80211_ATTR_KEYS NL80211_ATTR_KEYS
3037 #define NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS
3039 #define NL80211_WIPHY_NAME_MAXLEN 64
3041 #define NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES 32
3042 #define NL80211_MAX_SUPP_HT_RATES 77
3043 #define NL80211_MAX_SUPP_REG_RULES 128
3044 #define NL80211_TKIP_DATA_OFFSET_ENCR_KEY 0
3045 #define NL80211_TKIP_DATA_OFFSET_TX_MIC_KEY 16
3046 #define NL80211_TKIP_DATA_OFFSET_RX_MIC_KEY 24
3047 #define NL80211_HT_CAPABILITY_LEN 26
3048 #define NL80211_VHT_CAPABILITY_LEN 12
3049 #define NL80211_HE_MIN_CAPABILITY_LEN 16
3050 #define NL80211_HE_MAX_CAPABILITY_LEN 54
3051 #define NL80211_MAX_NR_CIPHER_SUITES 5
3052 #define NL80211_MAX_NR_AKM_SUITES 2
3054 #define NL80211_MIN_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL_TIME 10
3056 /* default RSSI threshold for scan results if none specified. */
3057 #define NL80211_SCAN_RSSI_THOLD_OFF -300
3059 #define NL80211_CQM_TXE_MAX_INTVL 1800
3062 * enum nl80211_iftype - (virtual) interface types
3064 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_UNSPECIFIED: unspecified type, driver decides
3065 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_ADHOC: independent BSS member
3066 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION: managed BSS member
3067 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_AP: access point
3068 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_AP_VLAN: VLAN interface for access points; VLAN interfaces
3069 * are a bit special in that they must always be tied to a pre-existing
3070 * AP type interface.
3071 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_WDS: wireless distribution interface
3072 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_MONITOR: monitor interface receiving all frames
3073 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_MESH_POINT: mesh point
3074 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_CLIENT: P2P client
3075 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_GO: P2P group owner
3076 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_DEVICE: P2P device interface type, this is not a netdev
3077 * and therefore can't be created in the normal ways, use the
3078 * %NL80211_CMD_START_P2P_DEVICE and %NL80211_CMD_STOP_P2P_DEVICE
3079 * commands to create and destroy one
3080 * @NL80211_IF_TYPE_OCB: Outside Context of a BSS
3081 * This mode corresponds to the MIB variable dot11OCBActivated=true
3082 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_NAN: NAN device interface type (not a netdev)
3083 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_MAX: highest interface type number currently defined
3084 * @NUM_NL80211_IFTYPES: number of defined interface types
3086 * These values are used with the %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE
3087 * to set the type of an interface.
3090 enum nl80211_iftype {
3091 NL80211_IFTYPE_UNSPECIFIED,
3092 NL80211_IFTYPE_ADHOC,
3093 NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION,
3095 NL80211_IFTYPE_AP_VLAN,
3097 NL80211_IFTYPE_MONITOR,
3098 NL80211_IFTYPE_MESH_POINT,
3099 NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_CLIENT,
3100 NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_GO,
3101 NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_DEVICE,
3106 NUM_NL80211_IFTYPES,
3107 NL80211_IFTYPE_MAX = NUM_NL80211_IFTYPES - 1
3111 * enum nl80211_sta_flags - station flags
3113 * Station flags. When a station is added to an AP interface, it is
3114 * assumed to be already associated (and hence authenticated.)
3116 * @__NL80211_STA_FLAG_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3117 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED: station is authorized (802.1X)
3118 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_SHORT_PREAMBLE: station is capable of receiving frames
3119 * with short barker preamble
3120 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_WME: station is WME/QoS capable
3121 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_MFP: station uses management frame protection
3122 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHENTICATED: station is authenticated
3123 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_TDLS_PEER: station is a TDLS peer -- this flag should
3124 * only be used in managed mode (even in the flags mask). Note that the
3125 * flag can't be changed, it is only valid while adding a station, and
3126 * attempts to change it will silently be ignored (rather than rejected
3128 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_ASSOCIATED: station is associated; used with drivers
3129 * that support %NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE to transition a
3130 * previously added station into associated state
3131 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_MAX: highest station flag number currently defined
3132 * @__NL80211_STA_FLAG_AFTER_LAST: internal use
3134 enum nl80211_sta_flags {
3135 __NL80211_STA_FLAG_INVALID,
3136 NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED,
3137 NL80211_STA_FLAG_SHORT_PREAMBLE,
3138 NL80211_STA_FLAG_WME,
3139 NL80211_STA_FLAG_MFP,
3140 NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHENTICATED,
3141 NL80211_STA_FLAG_TDLS_PEER,
3142 NL80211_STA_FLAG_ASSOCIATED,
3145 __NL80211_STA_FLAG_AFTER_LAST,
3146 NL80211_STA_FLAG_MAX = __NL80211_STA_FLAG_AFTER_LAST - 1
3150 * enum nl80211_sta_p2p_ps_status - station support of P2P PS
3152 * @NL80211_P2P_PS_UNSUPPORTED: station doesn't support P2P PS mechanism
3153 * @@NL80211_P2P_PS_SUPPORTED: station supports P2P PS mechanism
3154 * @NUM_NL80211_P2P_PS_STATUS: number of values
3156 enum nl80211_sta_p2p_ps_status {
3157 NL80211_P2P_PS_UNSUPPORTED = 0,
3158 NL80211_P2P_PS_SUPPORTED,
3160 NUM_NL80211_P2P_PS_STATUS,
3163 #define NL80211_STA_FLAG_MAX_OLD_API NL80211_STA_FLAG_TDLS_PEER
3166 * struct nl80211_sta_flag_update - station flags mask/set
3167 * @mask: mask of station flags to set
3168 * @set: which values to set them to
3170 * Both mask and set contain bits as per &enum nl80211_sta_flags.
3172 struct nl80211_sta_flag_update {
3175 } __attribute__((packed));
3178 * enum nl80211_he_gi - HE guard interval
3179 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_0_8: 0.8 usec
3180 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_1_6: 1.6 usec
3181 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_3_2: 3.2 usec
3183 enum nl80211_he_gi {
3184 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_0_8,
3185 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_1_6,
3186 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_3_2,
3190 * enum nl80211_he_ltf - HE long training field
3191 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_1xLTF: 3.2 usec
3192 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_2xLTF: 6.4 usec
3193 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_4xLTF: 12.8 usec
3195 enum nl80211_he_ltf {
3196 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_1XLTF,
3197 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_2XLTF,
3198 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_4XLTF,
3202 * enum nl80211_he_ru_alloc - HE RU allocation values
3203 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_26: 26-tone RU allocation
3204 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_52: 52-tone RU allocation
3205 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_106: 106-tone RU allocation
3206 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_242: 242-tone RU allocation
3207 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_484: 484-tone RU allocation
3208 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_996: 996-tone RU allocation
3209 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_2x996: 2x996-tone RU allocation
3211 enum nl80211_he_ru_alloc {
3212 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_26,
3213 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_52,
3214 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_106,
3215 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_242,
3216 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_484,
3217 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_996,
3218 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_2x996,
3222 * enum nl80211_rate_info - bitrate information
3224 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_STA_INFO_TXRATE
3225 * when getting information about the bitrate of a station.
3226 * There are 2 attributes for bitrate, a legacy one that represents
3227 * a 16-bit value, and new one that represents a 32-bit value.
3228 * If the rate value fits into 16 bit, both attributes are reported
3229 * with the same value. If the rate is too high to fit into 16 bits
3230 * (>6.5535Gbps) only 32-bit attribute is included.
3231 * User space tools encouraged to use the 32-bit attribute and fall
3232 * back to the 16-bit one for compatibility with older kernels.
3234 * @__NL80211_RATE_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3235 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE: total bitrate (u16, 100kbit/s)
3236 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_MCS: mcs index for 802.11n (u8)
3237 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_40_MHZ_WIDTH: 40 MHz dualchannel bitrate
3238 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_SHORT_GI: 400ns guard interval
3239 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE32: total bitrate (u32, 100kbit/s)
3240 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_MAX: highest rate_info number currently defined
3241 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_MCS: MCS index for VHT (u8)
3242 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_NSS: number of streams in VHT (u8)
3243 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_80_MHZ_WIDTH: 80 MHz VHT rate
3244 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_80P80_MHZ_WIDTH: unused - 80+80 is treated the
3245 * same as 160 for purposes of the bitrates
3246 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_160_MHZ_WIDTH: 160 MHz VHT rate
3247 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_10_MHZ_WIDTH: 10 MHz width - note that this is
3248 * a legacy rate and will be reported as the actual bitrate, i.e.
3249 * half the base (20 MHz) rate
3250 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_5_MHZ_WIDTH: 5 MHz width - note that this is
3251 * a legacy rate and will be reported as the actual bitrate, i.e.
3252 * a quarter of the base (20 MHz) rate
3253 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_MCS: HE MCS index (u8, 0-11)
3254 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_NSS: HE NSS value (u8, 1-8)
3255 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI: HE guard interval identifier
3256 * (u8, see &enum nl80211_he_gi)
3257 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_DCM: HE DCM value (u8, 0/1)
3258 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_RU_ALLOC: HE RU allocation, if not present then
3259 * non-OFDMA was used (u8, see &enum nl80211_he_ru_alloc)
3260 * @__NL80211_RATE_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal use
3262 enum nl80211_rate_info {
3263 __NL80211_RATE_INFO_INVALID,
3264 NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE,
3265 NL80211_RATE_INFO_MCS,
3266 NL80211_RATE_INFO_40_MHZ_WIDTH,
3267 NL80211_RATE_INFO_SHORT_GI,
3268 NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE32,
3269 NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_MCS,
3270 NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_NSS,
3271 NL80211_RATE_INFO_80_MHZ_WIDTH,
3272 NL80211_RATE_INFO_80P80_MHZ_WIDTH,
3273 NL80211_RATE_INFO_160_MHZ_WIDTH,
3274 NL80211_RATE_INFO_10_MHZ_WIDTH,
3275 NL80211_RATE_INFO_5_MHZ_WIDTH,
3276 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_MCS,
3277 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_NSS,
3278 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI,
3279 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_DCM,
3280 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC,
3283 __NL80211_RATE_INFO_AFTER_LAST,
3284 NL80211_RATE_INFO_MAX = __NL80211_RATE_INFO_AFTER_LAST - 1
3288 * enum nl80211_sta_bss_param - BSS information collected by STA
3290 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_STA_INFO_BSS_PARAM
3291 * when getting information about the bitrate of a station.
3293 * @__NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3294 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_CTS_PROT: whether CTS protection is enabled (flag)
3295 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_PREAMBLE: whether short preamble is enabled
3297 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_SLOT_TIME: whether short slot time is enabled
3299 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_DTIM_PERIOD: DTIM period for beaconing (u8)
3300 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_BEACON_INTERVAL: Beacon interval (u16)
3301 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_MAX: highest sta_bss_param number currently defined
3302 * @__NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_AFTER_LAST: internal use
3304 enum nl80211_sta_bss_param {
3305 __NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_INVALID,
3306 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_CTS_PROT,
3307 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_PREAMBLE,
3308 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_SLOT_TIME,
3309 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_DTIM_PERIOD,
3310 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_BEACON_INTERVAL,
3313 __NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_AFTER_LAST,
3314 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_MAX = __NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_AFTER_LAST - 1
3318 * enum nl80211_sta_info - station information
3320 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_ATTR_STA_INFO
3321 * when getting information about a station.
3323 * @__NL80211_STA_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3324 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_INACTIVE_TIME: time since last activity (u32, msecs)
3325 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES: total received bytes (MPDU length)
3326 * (u32, from this station)
3327 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES: total transmitted bytes (MPDU length)
3328 * (u32, to this station)
3329 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES64: total received bytes (MPDU length)
3330 * (u64, from this station)
3331 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES64: total transmitted bytes (MPDU length)
3332 * (u64, to this station)
3333 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL: signal strength of last received PPDU (u8, dBm)
3334 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BITRATE: current unicast tx rate, nested attribute
3335 * containing info as possible, see &enum nl80211_rate_info
3336 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_PACKETS: total received packet (MSDUs and MMPDUs)
3337 * (u32, from this station)
3338 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_PACKETS: total transmitted packets (MSDUs and MMPDUs)
3339 * (u32, to this station)
3340 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_RETRIES: total retries (MPDUs) (u32, to this station)
3341 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_FAILED: total failed packets (MPDUs)
3342 * (u32, to this station)
3343 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL_AVG: signal strength average (u8, dBm)
3344 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_LLID: the station's mesh LLID
3345 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_PLID: the station's mesh PLID
3346 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_PLINK_STATE: peer link state for the station
3347 * (see %enum nl80211_plink_state)
3348 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BITRATE: last unicast data frame rx rate, nested
3349 * attribute, like NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BITRATE.
3350 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_BSS_PARAM: current station's view of BSS, nested attribute
3351 * containing info as possible, see &enum nl80211_sta_bss_param
3352 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TIME: time since the station is last connected
3353 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_STA_FLAGS: Contains a struct nl80211_sta_flag_update.
3354 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_LOSS: count of times beacon loss was detected (u32)
3355 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_T_OFFSET: timing offset with respect to this STA (s64)
3356 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_LOCAL_PM: local mesh STA link-specific power mode
3357 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_PEER_PM: peer mesh STA link-specific power mode
3358 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_NONPEER_PM: neighbor mesh STA power save mode towards
3360 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL: per-chain signal strength of last PPDU
3361 * Contains a nested array of signal strength attributes (u8, dBm)
3362 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL_AVG: per-chain signal strength average
3363 * Same format as NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL.
3364 * @NL80211_STA_EXPECTED_THROUGHPUT: expected throughput considering also the
3365 * 802.11 header (u32, kbps)
3366 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DROP_MISC: RX packets dropped for unspecified reasons
3368 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_RX: number of beacons received from this peer (u64)
3369 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_SIGNAL_AVG: signal strength average
3370 * for beacons only (u8, dBm)
3371 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TID_STATS: per-TID statistics (see &enum nl80211_tid_stats)
3372 * This is a nested attribute where each the inner attribute number is the
3373 * TID+1 and the special TID 16 (i.e. value 17) is used for non-QoS frames;
3374 * each one of those is again nested with &enum nl80211_tid_stats
3375 * attributes carrying the actual values.
3376 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DURATION: aggregate PPDU duration for all frames
3377 * received from the station (u64, usec)
3378 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment
3379 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_ACK_SIGNAL: signal strength of the last ACK frame(u8, dBm)
3380 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_ACK_SIGNAL_AVG: avg signal strength of ACK frames (s8, dBm)
3381 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_MPDUS: total number of received packets (MPDUs)
3382 * (u32, from this station)
3383 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_FCS_ERROR_COUNT: total number of packets (MPDUs) received
3384 * with an FCS error (u32, from this station). This count may not include
3385 * some packets with an FCS error due to TA corruption. Hence this counter
3386 * might not be fully accurate.
3387 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TO_GATE: set to true if STA has a path to a
3388 * mesh gate (u8, 0 or 1)
3389 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_DURATION: aggregate PPDU duration for all frames
3390 * sent to the station (u64, usec)
3391 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_AIRTIME_WEIGHT: current airtime weight for station (u16)
3392 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_AIRTIME_LINK_METRIC: airtime link metric for mesh station
3393 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_ASSOC_AT_BOOTTIME: Timestamp (CLOCK_BOOTTIME, nanoseconds)
3394 * of STA's association
3395 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TO_AS: set to true if STA has a path to a
3396 * authentication server (u8, 0 or 1)
3397 * @__NL80211_STA_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal
3398 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_MAX: highest possible station info attribute
3400 enum nl80211_sta_info {
3401 __NL80211_STA_INFO_INVALID,
3402 NL80211_STA_INFO_INACTIVE_TIME,
3403 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES,
3404 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES,
3405 NL80211_STA_INFO_LLID,
3406 NL80211_STA_INFO_PLID,
3407 NL80211_STA_INFO_PLINK_STATE,
3408 NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL,
3409 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BITRATE,
3410 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_PACKETS,
3411 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_PACKETS,
3412 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_RETRIES,
3413 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_FAILED,
3414 NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL_AVG,
3415 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BITRATE,
3416 NL80211_STA_INFO_BSS_PARAM,
3417 NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TIME,
3418 NL80211_STA_INFO_STA_FLAGS,
3419 NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_LOSS,
3420 NL80211_STA_INFO_T_OFFSET,
3421 NL80211_STA_INFO_LOCAL_PM,
3422 NL80211_STA_INFO_PEER_PM,
3423 NL80211_STA_INFO_NONPEER_PM,
3424 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES64,
3425 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES64,
3426 NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL,
3427 NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL_AVG,
3428 NL80211_STA_INFO_EXPECTED_THROUGHPUT,
3429 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DROP_MISC,
3430 NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_RX,
3431 NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_SIGNAL_AVG,
3432 NL80211_STA_INFO_TID_STATS,
3433 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DURATION,
3434 NL80211_STA_INFO_PAD,
3435 NL80211_STA_INFO_ACK_SIGNAL,
3436 NL80211_STA_INFO_ACK_SIGNAL_AVG,
3437 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_MPDUS,
3438 NL80211_STA_INFO_FCS_ERROR_COUNT,
3439 NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TO_GATE,
3440 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_DURATION,
3441 NL80211_STA_INFO_AIRTIME_WEIGHT,
3442 NL80211_STA_INFO_AIRTIME_LINK_METRIC,
3443 NL80211_STA_INFO_ASSOC_AT_BOOTTIME,
3444 NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TO_AS,
3447 __NL80211_STA_INFO_AFTER_LAST,
3448 NL80211_STA_INFO_MAX = __NL80211_STA_INFO_AFTER_LAST - 1
3451 /* we renamed this - stay compatible */
3452 #define NL80211_STA_INFO_DATA_ACK_SIGNAL_AVG NL80211_STA_INFO_ACK_SIGNAL_AVG
3456 * enum nl80211_tid_stats - per TID statistics attributes
3457 * @__NL80211_TID_STATS_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3458 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_RX_MSDU: number of MSDUs received (u64)
3459 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU: number of MSDUs transmitted (or
3460 * attempted to transmit; u64)
3461 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_RETRIES: number of retries for
3462 * transmitted MSDUs (not counting the first attempt; u64)
3463 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_FAILED: number of failed transmitted
3465 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment
3466 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_TXQ_STATS: TXQ stats (nested attribute)
3467 * @NUM_NL80211_TID_STATS: number of attributes here
3468 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_MAX: highest numbered attribute here
3470 enum nl80211_tid_stats {
3471 __NL80211_TID_STATS_INVALID,
3472 NL80211_TID_STATS_RX_MSDU,
3473 NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU,
3474 NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_RETRIES,
3475 NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_FAILED,
3476 NL80211_TID_STATS_PAD,
3477 NL80211_TID_STATS_TXQ_STATS,
3480 NUM_NL80211_TID_STATS,
3481 NL80211_TID_STATS_MAX = NUM_NL80211_TID_STATS - 1
3485 * enum nl80211_txq_stats - per TXQ statistics attributes
3486 * @__NL80211_TXQ_STATS_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3487 * @NUM_NL80211_TXQ_STATS: number of attributes here
3488 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_BACKLOG_BYTES: number of bytes currently backlogged
3489 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_BACKLOG_PACKETS: number of packets currently
3491 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_FLOWS: total number of new flows seen
3492 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_DROPS: total number of packet drops
3493 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_ECN_MARKS: total number of packet ECN marks
3494 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_OVERLIMIT: number of drops due to queue space overflow
3495 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_OVERMEMORY: number of drops due to memory limit overflow
3496 * (only for per-phy stats)
3497 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_COLLISIONS: number of hash collisions
3498 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_TX_BYTES: total number of bytes dequeued from TXQ
3499 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_TX_PACKETS: total number of packets dequeued from TXQ
3500 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_MAX_FLOWS: number of flow buckets for PHY
3501 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_MAX: highest numbered attribute here
3503 enum nl80211_txq_stats {
3504 __NL80211_TXQ_STATS_INVALID,
3505 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_BACKLOG_BYTES,
3506 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_BACKLOG_PACKETS,
3507 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_FLOWS,
3508 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_DROPS,
3509 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_ECN_MARKS,
3510 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_OVERLIMIT,
3511 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_OVERMEMORY,
3512 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_COLLISIONS,
3513 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_TX_BYTES,
3514 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_TX_PACKETS,
3515 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_MAX_FLOWS,
3518 NUM_NL80211_TXQ_STATS,
3519 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_MAX = NUM_NL80211_TXQ_STATS - 1
3523 * enum nl80211_mpath_flags - nl80211 mesh path flags
3525 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_ACTIVE: the mesh path is active
3526 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVING: the mesh path discovery process is running
3527 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_SN_VALID: the mesh path contains a valid SN
3528 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_FIXED: the mesh path has been manually set
3529 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVED: the mesh path discovery process succeeded
3531 enum nl80211_mpath_flags {
3532 NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_ACTIVE = 1<<0,
3533 NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVING = 1<<1,
3534 NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_SN_VALID = 1<<2,
3535 NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_FIXED = 1<<3,
3536 NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVED = 1<<4,
3540 * enum nl80211_mpath_info - mesh path information
3542 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_INFO when getting
3543 * information about a mesh path.
3545 * @__NL80211_MPATH_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3546 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FRAME_QLEN: number of queued frames for this destination
3547 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_SN: destination sequence number
3548 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_METRIC: metric (cost) of this mesh path
3549 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_EXPTIME: expiration time for the path, in msec from now
3550 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FLAGS: mesh path flags, enumerated in
3551 * &enum nl80211_mpath_flags;
3552 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT: total path discovery timeout, in msec
3553 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_RETRIES: mesh path discovery retries
3554 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_HOP_COUNT: hop count to destination
3555 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_PATH_CHANGE: total number of path changes to destination
3556 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_MAX: highest mesh path information attribute number
3558 * @__NL80211_MPATH_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal use
3560 enum nl80211_mpath_info {
3561 __NL80211_MPATH_INFO_INVALID,
3562 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FRAME_QLEN,
3563 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_SN,
3564 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_METRIC,
3565 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_EXPTIME,
3566 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FLAGS,
3567 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT,
3568 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_RETRIES,
3569 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_HOP_COUNT,
3570 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_PATH_CHANGE,
3573 __NL80211_MPATH_INFO_AFTER_LAST,
3574 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_MAX = __NL80211_MPATH_INFO_AFTER_LAST - 1
3578 * enum nl80211_band_iftype_attr - Interface type data attributes
3580 * @__NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3581 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_IFTYPES: nested attribute containing a flag attribute
3582 * for each interface type that supports the band data
3583 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_MAC: HE MAC capabilities as in HE
3585 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_PHY: HE PHY capabilities as in HE
3587 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_MCS_SET: HE supported NSS/MCS as in HE
3589 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_PPE: HE PPE thresholds information as
3590 * defined in HE capabilities IE
3591 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_MAX: highest band HE capability attribute currently
3593 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_6GHZ_CAPA: HE 6GHz band capabilities (__le16),
3594 * given for all 6 GHz band channels
3595 * @__NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
3597 enum nl80211_band_iftype_attr {
3598 __NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_INVALID,
3600 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_IFTYPES,
3601 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_MAC,
3602 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_PHY,
3603 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_MCS_SET,
3604 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_PPE,
3605 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_6GHZ_CAPA,
3608 __NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
3609 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
3613 * enum nl80211_band_attr - band attributes
3614 * @__NL80211_BAND_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3615 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_FREQS: supported frequencies in this band,
3616 * an array of nested frequency attributes
3617 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_RATES: supported bitrates in this band,
3618 * an array of nested bitrate attributes
3619 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_MCS_SET: 16-byte attribute containing the MCS set as
3620 * defined in 802.11n
3621 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA: HT capabilities, as in the HT information IE
3622 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_FACTOR: A-MPDU factor, as in 11n
3623 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_DENSITY: A-MPDU density, as in 11n
3624 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_MCS_SET: 32-byte attribute containing the MCS set as
3625 * defined in 802.11ac
3626 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_CAPA: VHT capabilities, as in the HT information IE
3627 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_IFTYPE_DATA: nested array attribute, with each entry using
3628 * attributes from &enum nl80211_band_iftype_attr
3629 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_EDMG_CHANNELS: bitmap that indicates the 2.16 GHz
3630 * channel(s) that are allowed to be used for EDMG transmissions.
3631 * Defined by IEEE P802.11ay/D4.0 section 9.4.2.251.
3632 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_EDMG_BW_CONFIG: Channel BW Configuration subfield encodes
3633 * the allowed channel bandwidth configurations.
3634 * Defined by IEEE P802.11ay/D4.0 section 9.4.2.251, Table 13.
3635 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_MAX: highest band attribute currently defined
3636 * @__NL80211_BAND_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
3638 enum nl80211_band_attr {
3639 __NL80211_BAND_ATTR_INVALID,
3640 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_FREQS,
3641 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_RATES,
3643 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_MCS_SET,
3644 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA,
3645 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_FACTOR,
3646 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_DENSITY,
3648 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_MCS_SET,
3649 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_CAPA,
3650 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_IFTYPE_DATA,
3652 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_EDMG_CHANNELS,
3653 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_EDMG_BW_CONFIG,
3656 __NL80211_BAND_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
3657 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_BAND_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
3660 #define NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA
3663 * enum nl80211_wmm_rule - regulatory wmm rule
3665 * @__NL80211_WMMR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3666 * @NL80211_WMMR_CW_MIN: Minimum contention window slot.
3667 * @NL80211_WMMR_CW_MAX: Maximum contention window slot.
3668 * @NL80211_WMMR_AIFSN: Arbitration Inter Frame Space.
3669 * @NL80211_WMMR_TXOP: Maximum allowed tx operation time.
3670 * @nl80211_WMMR_MAX: highest possible wmm rule.
3671 * @__NL80211_WMMR_LAST: Internal use.
3673 enum nl80211_wmm_rule {
3674 __NL80211_WMMR_INVALID,
3675 NL80211_WMMR_CW_MIN,
3676 NL80211_WMMR_CW_MAX,
3681 __NL80211_WMMR_LAST,
3682 NL80211_WMMR_MAX = __NL80211_WMMR_LAST - 1
3686 * enum nl80211_frequency_attr - frequency attributes
3687 * @__NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3688 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_FREQ: Frequency in MHz
3689 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DISABLED: Channel is disabled in current
3690 * regulatory domain.
3691 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR: no mechanisms that initiate radiation
3692 * are permitted on this channel, this includes sending probe
3693 * requests, or modes of operation that require beaconing.
3694 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_RADAR: Radar detection is mandatory
3695 * on this channel in current regulatory domain.
3696 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER: Maximum transmission power in mBm
3698 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_STATE: current state for DFS
3699 * (enum nl80211_dfs_state)
3700 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_TIME: time in miliseconds for how long
3701 * this channel is in this DFS state.
3702 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_MINUS: HT40- isn't possible with this
3703 * channel as the control channel
3704 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_PLUS: HT40+ isn't possible with this
3705 * channel as the control channel
3706 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_80MHZ: any 80 MHz channel using this channel
3707 * as the primary or any of the secondary channels isn't possible,
3708 * this includes 80+80 channels
3709 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_160MHZ: any 160 MHz (but not 80+80) channel
3710 * using this channel as the primary or any of the secondary channels
3712 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME: DFS CAC time in milliseconds.
3713 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INDOOR_ONLY: Only indoor use is permitted on this
3714 * channel. A channel that has the INDOOR_ONLY attribute can only be
3715 * used when there is a clear assessment that the device is operating in
3716 * an indoor surroundings, i.e., it is connected to AC power (and not
3717 * through portable DC inverters) or is under the control of a master
3718 * that is acting as an AP and is connected to AC power.
3719 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT: IR operation is allowed on this
3720 * channel if it's connected concurrently to a BSS on the same channel on
3721 * the 2 GHz band or to a channel in the same UNII band (on the 5 GHz
3722 * band), and IEEE80211_CHAN_RADAR is not set. Instantiating a GO or TDLS
3723 * off-channel on a channel that has the IR_CONCURRENT attribute set can be
3724 * done when there is a clear assessment that the device is operating under
3725 * the guidance of an authorized master, i.e., setting up a GO or TDLS
3726 * off-channel while the device is also connected to an AP with DFS and
3727 * radar detection on the UNII band (it is up to user-space, i.e.,
3728 * wpa_supplicant to perform the required verifications). Using this
3729 * attribute for IR is disallowed for master interfaces (IBSS, AP).
3730 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_20MHZ: 20 MHz operation is not allowed
3731 * on this channel in current regulatory domain.
3732 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_10MHZ: 10 MHz operation is not allowed
3733 * on this channel in current regulatory domain.
3734 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_WMM: this channel has wmm limitations.
3735 * This is a nested attribute that contains the wmm limitation per AC.
3736 * (see &enum nl80211_wmm_rule)
3737 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HE: HE operation is not allowed on this channel
3738 * in current regulatory domain.
3739 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_OFFSET: frequency offset in KHz
3740 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX: highest frequency attribute number
3742 * @__NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
3744 * See https://apps.fcc.gov/eas/comments/GetPublishedDocument.html?id=327&tn=528122
3745 * for more information on the FCC description of the relaxations allowed
3746 * by NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INDOOR_ONLY and
3747 * NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT.
3749 enum nl80211_frequency_attr {
3750 __NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INVALID,
3751 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_FREQ,
3752 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DISABLED,
3753 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR,
3754 __NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IBSS,
3755 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_RADAR,
3756 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER,
3757 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_STATE,
3758 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_TIME,
3759 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_MINUS,
3760 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_PLUS,
3761 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_80MHZ,
3762 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_160MHZ,
3763 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME,
3764 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INDOOR_ONLY,
3765 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT,
3766 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_20MHZ,
3767 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_10MHZ,
3768 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_WMM,
3769 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HE,
3770 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_OFFSET,
3773 __NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
3774 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
3777 #define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER
3778 #define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_PASSIVE_SCAN NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR
3779 #define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IBSS NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR
3780 #define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR
3781 #define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_GO_CONCURRENT \
3782 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT
3785 * enum nl80211_bitrate_attr - bitrate attributes
3786 * @__NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3787 * @NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_RATE: Bitrate in units of 100 kbps
3788 * @NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_2GHZ_SHORTPREAMBLE: Short preamble supported
3790 * @NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_MAX: highest bitrate attribute number
3792 * @__NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
3794 enum nl80211_bitrate_attr {
3795 __NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_INVALID,
3796 NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_RATE,
3797 NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_2GHZ_SHORTPREAMBLE,
3800 __NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
3801 NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
3805 * enum nl80211_initiator - Indicates the initiator of a reg domain request
3806 * @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_CORE: Core queried CRDA for a dynamic world
3807 * regulatory domain.
3808 * @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_USER: User asked the wireless core to set the
3809 * regulatory domain.
3810 * @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_DRIVER: a wireless drivers has hinted to the
3811 * wireless core it thinks its knows the regulatory domain we should be in.
3812 * @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_COUNTRY_IE: the wireless core has received an
3813 * 802.11 country information element with regulatory information it
3814 * thinks we should consider. cfg80211 only processes the country
3815 * code from the IE, and relies on the regulatory domain information
3816 * structure passed by userspace (CRDA) from our wireless-regdb.
3817 * If a channel is enabled but the country code indicates it should
3818 * be disabled we disable the channel and re-enable it upon disassociation.
3820 enum nl80211_reg_initiator {
3821 NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_CORE,
3822 NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_USER,
3823 NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_DRIVER,
3824 NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_COUNTRY_IE,
3828 * enum nl80211_reg_type - specifies the type of regulatory domain
3829 * @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_COUNTRY: the regulatory domain set is one that pertains
3830 * to a specific country. When this is set you can count on the
3831 * ISO / IEC 3166 alpha2 country code being valid.
3832 * @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_WORLD: the regulatory set domain is the world regulatory
3834 * @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_CUSTOM_WORLD: the regulatory domain set is a custom
3835 * driver specific world regulatory domain. These do not apply system-wide
3836 * and are only applicable to the individual devices which have requested
3837 * them to be applied.
3838 * @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_INTERSECTION: the regulatory domain set is the product
3839 * of an intersection between two regulatory domains -- the previously
3840 * set regulatory domain on the system and the last accepted regulatory
3841 * domain request to be processed.
3843 enum nl80211_reg_type {
3844 NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_COUNTRY,
3845 NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_WORLD,
3846 NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_CUSTOM_WORLD,
3847 NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_INTERSECTION,
3851 * enum nl80211_reg_rule_attr - regulatory rule attributes
3852 * @__NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3853 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FLAGS: a set of flags which specify additional
3854 * considerations for a given frequency range. These are the
3855 * &enum nl80211_reg_rule_flags.
3856 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_START: starting frequencry for the regulatory
3857 * rule in KHz. This is not a center of frequency but an actual regulatory
3859 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_END: ending frequency for the regulatory rule
3860 * in KHz. This is not a center a frequency but an actual regulatory
3862 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_MAX_BW: maximum allowed bandwidth for this
3863 * frequency range, in KHz.
3864 * @NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_ANT_GAIN: the maximum allowed antenna gain
3865 * for a given frequency range. The value is in mBi (100 * dBi).
3866 * If you don't have one then don't send this.
3867 * @NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_EIRP: the maximum allowed EIRP for
3868 * a given frequency range. The value is in mBm (100 * dBm).
3869 * @NL80211_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME: DFS CAC time in milliseconds.
3870 * If not present or 0 default CAC time will be used.
3871 * @NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_MAX: highest regulatory rule attribute number
3873 * @__NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
3875 enum nl80211_reg_rule_attr {
3876 __NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_INVALID,
3877 NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FLAGS,
3879 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_START,
3880 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_END,
3881 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_MAX_BW,
3883 NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_ANT_GAIN,
3884 NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_EIRP,
3886 NL80211_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME,
3889 __NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
3890 NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
3894 * enum nl80211_sched_scan_match_attr - scheduled scan match attributes
3895 * @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3896 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_SSID: SSID to be used for matching,
3897 * only report BSS with matching SSID.
3898 * (This cannot be used together with BSSID.)
3899 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI: RSSI threshold (in dBm) for reporting a
3900 * BSS in scan results. Filtering is turned off if not specified. Note that
3901 * if this attribute is in a match set of its own, then it is treated as
3902 * the default value for all matchsets with an SSID, rather than being a
3903 * matchset of its own without an RSSI filter. This is due to problems with
3904 * how this API was implemented in the past. Also, due to the same problem,
3905 * the only way to create a matchset with only an RSSI filter (with this
3906 * attribute) is if there's only a single matchset with the RSSI attribute.
3907 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RELATIVE_RSSI: Flag indicating whether
3908 * %NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI to be used as absolute RSSI or
3909 * relative to current bss's RSSI.
3910 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST: When present the RSSI level for
3911 * BSS-es in the specified band is to be adjusted before doing
3912 * RSSI-based BSS selection. The attribute value is a packed structure
3913 * value as specified by &struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust.
3914 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_BSSID: BSSID to be used for matching
3915 * (this cannot be used together with SSID).
3916 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_PER_BAND_RSSI: Nested attribute that carries the
3917 * band specific minimum rssi thresholds for the bands defined in
3918 * enum nl80211_band. The minimum rssi threshold value(s32) specific to a
3919 * band shall be encapsulated in attribute with type value equals to one
3920 * of the NL80211_BAND_* defined in enum nl80211_band. For example, the
3921 * minimum rssi threshold value for 2.4GHZ band shall be encapsulated
3922 * within an attribute of type NL80211_BAND_2GHZ. And one or more of such
3923 * attributes will be nested within this attribute.
3924 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_MAX: highest scheduled scan filter
3925 * attribute number currently defined
3926 * @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
3928 enum nl80211_sched_scan_match_attr {
3929 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_INVALID,
3931 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_SSID,
3932 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI,
3933 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RELATIVE_RSSI,
3934 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST,
3935 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_BSSID,
3936 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_PER_BAND_RSSI,
3939 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
3940 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_MAX =
3941 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
3944 /* only for backward compatibility */
3945 #define NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_SSID NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_SSID
3948 * enum nl80211_reg_rule_flags - regulatory rule flags
3950 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_OFDM: OFDM modulation not allowed
3951 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_CCK: CCK modulation not allowed
3952 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_INDOOR: indoor operation not allowed
3953 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_OUTDOOR: outdoor operation not allowed
3954 * @NL80211_RRF_DFS: DFS support is required to be used
3955 * @NL80211_RRF_PTP_ONLY: this is only for Point To Point links
3956 * @NL80211_RRF_PTMP_ONLY: this is only for Point To Multi Point links
3957 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_IR: no mechanisms that initiate radiation are allowed,
3958 * this includes probe requests or modes of operation that require
3960 * @NL80211_RRF_AUTO_BW: maximum available bandwidth should be calculated
3961 * base on contiguous rules and wider channels will be allowed to cross
3962 * multiple contiguous/overlapping frequency ranges.
3963 * @NL80211_RRF_IR_CONCURRENT: See %NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT
3964 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40MINUS: channels can't be used in HT40- operation
3965 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40PLUS: channels can't be used in HT40+ operation
3966 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_80MHZ: 80MHz operation not allowed
3967 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_160MHZ: 160MHz operation not allowed
3968 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_HE: HE operation not allowed
3970 enum nl80211_reg_rule_flags {
3971 NL80211_RRF_NO_OFDM = 1<<0,
3972 NL80211_RRF_NO_CCK = 1<<1,
3973 NL80211_RRF_NO_INDOOR = 1<<2,
3974 NL80211_RRF_NO_OUTDOOR = 1<<3,
3975 NL80211_RRF_DFS = 1<<4,
3976 NL80211_RRF_PTP_ONLY = 1<<5,
3977 NL80211_RRF_PTMP_ONLY = 1<<6,
3978 NL80211_RRF_NO_IR = 1<<7,
3979 __NL80211_RRF_NO_IBSS = 1<<8,
3980 NL80211_RRF_AUTO_BW = 1<<11,
3981 NL80211_RRF_IR_CONCURRENT = 1<<12,
3982 NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40MINUS = 1<<13,
3983 NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40PLUS = 1<<14,
3984 NL80211_RRF_NO_80MHZ = 1<<15,
3985 NL80211_RRF_NO_160MHZ = 1<<16,
3986 NL80211_RRF_NO_HE = 1<<17,
3989 #define NL80211_RRF_PASSIVE_SCAN NL80211_RRF_NO_IR
3990 #define NL80211_RRF_NO_IBSS NL80211_RRF_NO_IR
3991 #define NL80211_RRF_NO_IR NL80211_RRF_NO_IR
3992 #define NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40 (NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40MINUS |\
3993 NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40PLUS)
3994 #define NL80211_RRF_GO_CONCURRENT NL80211_RRF_IR_CONCURRENT
3996 /* For backport compatibility with older userspace */
3997 #define NL80211_RRF_NO_IR_ALL (NL80211_RRF_NO_IR | __NL80211_RRF_NO_IBSS)
4000 * enum nl80211_dfs_regions - regulatory DFS regions
4002 * @NL80211_DFS_UNSET: Country has no DFS master region specified
4003 * @NL80211_DFS_FCC: Country follows DFS master rules from FCC
4004 * @NL80211_DFS_ETSI: Country follows DFS master rules from ETSI
4005 * @NL80211_DFS_JP: Country follows DFS master rules from JP/MKK/Telec
4007 enum nl80211_dfs_regions {
4008 NL80211_DFS_UNSET = 0,
4009 NL80211_DFS_FCC = 1,
4010 NL80211_DFS_ETSI = 2,
4015 * enum nl80211_user_reg_hint_type - type of user regulatory hint
4017 * @NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_USER: a user sent the hint. This is always
4018 * assumed if the attribute is not set.
4019 * @NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_CELL_BASE: the hint comes from a cellular
4020 * base station. Device drivers that have been tested to work
4021 * properly to support this type of hint can enable these hints
4022 * by setting the NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS feature
4023 * capability on the struct wiphy. The wireless core will
4024 * ignore all cell base station hints until at least one device
4025 * present has been registered with the wireless core that
4026 * has listed NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS as a
4027 * supported feature.
4028 * @NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_INDOOR: a user sent an hint indicating that the
4029 * platform is operating in an indoor environment.
4031 enum nl80211_user_reg_hint_type {
4032 NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_USER = 0,
4033 NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_CELL_BASE = 1,
4034 NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_INDOOR = 2,
4038 * enum nl80211_survey_info - survey information
4040 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_INFO
4041 * when getting information about a survey.
4043 * @__NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
4044 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_FREQUENCY: center frequency of channel
4045 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_NOISE: noise level of channel (u8, dBm)
4046 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_IN_USE: channel is currently being used
4047 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME: amount of time (in ms) that the radio
4048 * was turned on (on channel or globally)
4049 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY: amount of the time the primary
4050 * channel was sensed busy (either due to activity or energy detect)
4051 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY: amount of time the extension
4052 * channel was sensed busy
4053 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX: amount of time the radio spent
4054 * receiving data (on channel or globally)
4055 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX: amount of time the radio spent
4056 * transmitting data (on channel or globally)
4057 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_SCAN: time the radio spent for scan
4058 * (on this channel or globally)
4059 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment
4060 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BSS_RX: amount of time the radio spent
4061 * receiving frames destined to the local BSS
4062 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_MAX: highest survey info attribute number
4064 * @__NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal use
4066 enum nl80211_survey_info {
4067 __NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_INVALID,
4068 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_FREQUENCY,
4069 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_NOISE,
4070 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_IN_USE,
4071 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME,
4072 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY,
4073 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY,
4074 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX,
4075 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX,
4076 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_SCAN,
4077 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_PAD,
4078 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BSS_RX,
4081 __NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_AFTER_LAST,
4082 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_MAX = __NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_AFTER_LAST - 1
4085 /* keep old names for compatibility */
4086 #define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME
4087 #define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_BUSY NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY
4088 #define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_EXT_BUSY NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY
4089 #define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_RX NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX
4090 #define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_TX NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX
4093 * enum nl80211_mntr_flags - monitor configuration flags
4095 * Monitor configuration flags.
4097 * @__NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_INVALID: reserved
4099 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_FCSFAIL: pass frames with bad FCS
4100 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL: pass frames with bad PLCP
4101 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_CONTROL: pass control frames
4102 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS: disable BSSID filtering
4103 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES: report frames after processing.
4104 * overrides all other flags.
4105 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_ACTIVE: use the configured MAC address
4106 * and ACK incoming unicast packets.
4108 * @__NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_AFTER_LAST: internal use
4109 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_MAX: highest possible monitor flag
4111 enum nl80211_mntr_flags {
4112 __NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_INVALID,
4113 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_FCSFAIL,
4114 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL,
4115 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_CONTROL,
4116 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS,
4117 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES,
4118 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_ACTIVE,
4121 __NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_AFTER_LAST,
4122 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_MAX = __NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_AFTER_LAST - 1
4126 * enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode - mesh power save modes
4128 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_UNKNOWN: The mesh power mode of the mesh STA is
4129 * not known or has not been set yet.
4130 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_ACTIVE: Active mesh power mode. The mesh STA is
4131 * in Awake state all the time.
4132 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_LIGHT_SLEEP: Light sleep mode. The mesh STA will
4133 * alternate between Active and Doze states, but will wake up for
4134 * neighbor's beacons.
4135 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_DEEP_SLEEP: Deep sleep mode. The mesh STA will
4136 * alternate between Active and Doze states, but may not wake up
4137 * for neighbor's beacons.
4139 * @__NL80211_MESH_POWER_AFTER_LAST - internal use
4140 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_MAX - highest possible power save level
4143 enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode {
4144 NL80211_MESH_POWER_UNKNOWN,
4145 NL80211_MESH_POWER_ACTIVE,
4146 NL80211_MESH_POWER_LIGHT_SLEEP,
4147 NL80211_MESH_POWER_DEEP_SLEEP,
4149 __NL80211_MESH_POWER_AFTER_LAST,
4150 NL80211_MESH_POWER_MAX = __NL80211_MESH_POWER_AFTER_LAST - 1
4154 * enum nl80211_meshconf_params - mesh configuration parameters
4156 * Mesh configuration parameters. These can be changed while the mesh is
4159 * @__NL80211_MESHCONF_INVALID: internal use
4161 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_RETRY_TIMEOUT: specifies the initial retry timeout in
4162 * millisecond units, used by the Peer Link Open message
4164 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_CONFIRM_TIMEOUT: specifies the initial confirm timeout, in
4165 * millisecond units, used by the peer link management to close a peer link
4167 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HOLDING_TIMEOUT: specifies the holding timeout, in
4170 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_PEER_LINKS: maximum number of peer links allowed
4171 * on this mesh interface
4173 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_RETRIES: specifies the maximum number of peer link
4174 * open retries that can be sent to establish a new peer link instance in a
4177 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_TTL: specifies the value of TTL field set at a source mesh
4180 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_AUTO_OPEN_PLINKS: whether we should automatically open
4181 * peer links when we detect compatible mesh peers. Disabled if
4182 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM or @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE are
4185 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_MAX_PREQ_RETRIES: the number of action frames
4186 * containing a PREQ that an MP can send to a particular destination (path
4189 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_PATH_REFRESH_TIME: how frequently to refresh mesh paths
4192 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_MIN_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT: minimum length of time to wait
4193 * until giving up on a path discovery (in milliseconds)
4195 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ACTIVE_PATH_TIMEOUT: The time (in TUs) for which mesh
4196 * points receiving a PREQ shall consider the forwarding information from
4197 * the root to be valid. (TU = time unit)
4199 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PREQ_MIN_INTERVAL: The minimum interval of time (in
4200 * TUs) during which an MP can send only one action frame containing a PREQ
4203 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_NET_DIAM_TRVS_TIME: The interval of time (in TUs)
4204 * that it takes for an HWMP information element to propagate across the
4207 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOTMODE: whether root mode is enabled or not
4209 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_ELEMENT_TTL: specifies the value of TTL field set at a
4210 * source mesh point for path selection elements.
4212 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_RANN_INTERVAL: The interval of time (in TUs) between
4213 * root announcements are transmitted.
4215 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_GATE_ANNOUNCEMENTS: Advertise that this mesh station has
4216 * access to a broader network beyond the MBSS. This is done via Root
4217 * Announcement frames.
4219 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PERR_MIN_INTERVAL: The minimum interval of time (in
4220 * TUs) during which a mesh STA can send only one Action frame containing a
4223 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_FORWARDING: set Mesh STA as forwarding or non-forwarding
4224 * or forwarding entity (default is TRUE - forwarding entity)
4226 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_RSSI_THRESHOLD: RSSI threshold in dBm. This specifies the
4227 * threshold for average signal strength of candidate station to establish
4230 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_SYNC_OFFSET_MAX_NEIGHBOR: maximum number of neighbors
4231 * to synchronize to for 11s default synchronization method
4234 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HT_OPMODE: set mesh HT protection mode.
4236 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_MAX: highest possible mesh configuration attribute
4238 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PATH_TO_ROOT_TIMEOUT: The time (in TUs) for
4239 * which mesh STAs receiving a proactive PREQ shall consider the forwarding
4240 * information to the root mesh STA to be valid.
4242 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOT_INTERVAL: The interval of time (in TUs) between
4243 * proactive PREQs are transmitted.
4245 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_CONFIRMATION_INTERVAL: The minimum interval of time
4246 * (in TUs) during which a mesh STA can send only one Action frame
4247 * containing a PREQ element for root path confirmation.
4249 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_POWER_MODE: Default mesh power mode for new peer links.
4250 * type &enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode (u32)
4252 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_AWAKE_WINDOW: awake window duration (in TUs)
4254 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_PLINK_TIMEOUT: If no tx activity is seen from a STA we've
4255 * established peering with for longer than this time (in seconds), then
4256 * remove it from the STA's list of peers. You may set this to 0 to disable
4257 * the removal of the STA. Default is 30 minutes.
4259 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_CONNECTED_TO_GATE: If set to true then this mesh STA
4260 * will advertise that it is connected to a gate in the mesh formation
4261 * field. If left unset then the mesh formation field will only
4262 * advertise such if there is an active root mesh path.
4264 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_NOLEARN: Try to avoid multi-hop path discovery (e.g.
4265 * PREQ/PREP for HWMP) if the destination is a direct neighbor. Note that
4266 * this might not be the optimal decision as a multi-hop route might be
4267 * better. So if using this setting you will likely also want to disable
4268 * dot11MeshForwarding and use another mesh routing protocol on top.
4270 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_CONNECTED_TO_AS: If set to true then this mesh STA
4271 * will advertise that it is connected to a authentication server
4272 * in the mesh formation field.
4274 * @__NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
4276 enum nl80211_meshconf_params {
4277 __NL80211_MESHCONF_INVALID,
4278 NL80211_MESHCONF_RETRY_TIMEOUT,
4279 NL80211_MESHCONF_CONFIRM_TIMEOUT,
4280 NL80211_MESHCONF_HOLDING_TIMEOUT,
4281 NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_PEER_LINKS,
4282 NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_RETRIES,
4283 NL80211_MESHCONF_TTL,
4284 NL80211_MESHCONF_AUTO_OPEN_PLINKS,
4285 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_MAX_PREQ_RETRIES,
4286 NL80211_MESHCONF_PATH_REFRESH_TIME,
4287 NL80211_MESHCONF_MIN_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT,
4288 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ACTIVE_PATH_TIMEOUT,
4289 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PREQ_MIN_INTERVAL,
4290 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_NET_DIAM_TRVS_TIME,
4291 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOTMODE,
4292 NL80211_MESHCONF_ELEMENT_TTL,
4293 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_RANN_INTERVAL,
4294 NL80211_MESHCONF_GATE_ANNOUNCEMENTS,
4295 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PERR_MIN_INTERVAL,
4296 NL80211_MESHCONF_FORWARDING,
4297 NL80211_MESHCONF_RSSI_THRESHOLD,
4298 NL80211_MESHCONF_SYNC_OFFSET_MAX_NEIGHBOR,
4299 NL80211_MESHCONF_HT_OPMODE,
4300 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PATH_TO_ROOT_TIMEOUT,
4301 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOT_INTERVAL,
4302 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_CONFIRMATION_INTERVAL,
4303 NL80211_MESHCONF_POWER_MODE,
4304 NL80211_MESHCONF_AWAKE_WINDOW,
4305 NL80211_MESHCONF_PLINK_TIMEOUT,
4306 NL80211_MESHCONF_CONNECTED_TO_GATE,
4307 NL80211_MESHCONF_NOLEARN,
4308 NL80211_MESHCONF_CONNECTED_TO_AS,
4311 __NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
4312 NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
4316 * enum nl80211_mesh_setup_params - mesh setup parameters
4318 * Mesh setup parameters. These are used to start/join a mesh and cannot be
4319 * changed while the mesh is active.
4321 * @__NL80211_MESH_SETUP_INVALID: Internal use
4323 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_PATH_SEL: Enable this option to use a
4324 * vendor specific path selection algorithm or disable it to use the
4327 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_METRIC: Enable this option to use a
4328 * vendor specific path metric or disable it to use the default Airtime
4331 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_IE: Information elements for this mesh, for instance, a
4332 * robust security network ie, or a vendor specific information element
4333 * that vendors will use to identify the path selection methods and
4336 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH: Enable this option if an authentication
4337 * daemon will be authenticating mesh candidates.
4339 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE: Enable this option if an authentication
4340 * daemon will be securing peer link frames. AMPE is a secured version of
4341 * Mesh Peering Management (MPM) and is implemented with the assistance of
4342 * a userspace daemon. When this flag is set, the kernel will send peer
4343 * management frames to a userspace daemon that will implement AMPE
4344 * functionality (security capabilities selection, key confirmation, and
4345 * key management). When the flag is unset (default), the kernel can
4346 * autonomously complete (unsecured) mesh peering without the need of a
4349 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_SYNC: Enable this option to use a
4350 * vendor specific synchronization method or disable it to use the default
4351 * neighbor offset synchronization
4353 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM: Enable this option if userspace will
4354 * implement an MPM which handles peer allocation and state.
4356 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_AUTH_PROTOCOL: Inform the kernel of the authentication
4357 * method (u8, as defined in IEEE 8.4.2.100.6, e.g. 0x1 for SAE).
4358 * Default is no authentication method required.
4360 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_MAX: highest possible mesh setup attribute number
4362 * @__NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: Internal use
4364 enum nl80211_mesh_setup_params {
4365 __NL80211_MESH_SETUP_INVALID,
4366 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_PATH_SEL,
4367 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_METRIC,
4368 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_IE,
4369 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH,
4370 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE,
4371 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_SYNC,
4372 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM,
4373 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_AUTH_PROTOCOL,
4376 __NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
4377 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
4381 * enum nl80211_txq_attr - TX queue parameter attributes
4382 * @__NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_INVALID: Attribute number 0 is reserved
4383 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AC: AC identifier (NL80211_AC_*)
4384 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_TXOP: Maximum burst time in units of 32 usecs, 0 meaning
4386 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMIN: Minimum contention window [a value of the form
4387 * 2^n-1 in the range 1..32767]
4388 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMAX: Maximum contention window [a value of the form
4389 * 2^n-1 in the range 1..32767]
4390 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AIFS: Arbitration interframe space [0..255]
4391 * @__NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: Internal
4392 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_MAX: Maximum TXQ attribute number
4394 enum nl80211_txq_attr {
4395 __NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_INVALID,
4396 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AC,
4397 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_TXOP,
4398 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMIN,
4399 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMAX,
4400 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AIFS,
4403 __NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
4404 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
4415 /* backward compat */
4416 #define NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_QUEUE NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AC
4417 #define NL80211_TXQ_Q_VO NL80211_AC_VO
4418 #define NL80211_TXQ_Q_VI NL80211_AC_VI
4419 #define NL80211_TXQ_Q_BE NL80211_AC_BE
4420 #define NL80211_TXQ_Q_BK NL80211_AC_BK
4423 * enum nl80211_channel_type - channel type
4424 * @NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT: 20 MHz, non-HT channel
4425 * @NL80211_CHAN_HT20: 20 MHz HT channel
4426 * @NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS: HT40 channel, secondary channel
4427 * below the control channel
4428 * @NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS: HT40 channel, secondary channel
4429 * above the control channel
4431 enum nl80211_channel_type {
4434 NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS,
4435 NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS
4439 * enum nl80211_key_mode - Key mode
4441 * @NL80211_KEY_RX_TX: (Default)
4442 * Key can be used for Rx and Tx immediately
4444 * The following modes can only be selected for unicast keys and when the
4445 * driver supports @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_EXT_KEY_ID:
4447 * @NL80211_KEY_NO_TX: Only allowed in combination with @NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY:
4448 * Unicast key can only be used for Rx, Tx not allowed, yet
4449 * @NL80211_KEY_SET_TX: Only allowed in combination with @NL80211_CMD_SET_KEY:
4450 * The unicast key identified by idx and mac is cleared for Tx and becomes
4451 * the preferred Tx key for the station.
4453 enum nl80211_key_mode {
4460 * enum nl80211_chan_width - channel width definitions
4462 * These values are used with the %NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH
4465 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20_NOHT: 20 MHz, non-HT channel
4466 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20: 20 MHz HT channel
4467 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_40: 40 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1
4468 * attribute must be provided as well
4469 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80: 80 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1
4470 * attribute must be provided as well
4471 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80P80: 80+80 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1
4472 * and %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2 attributes must be provided as well
4473 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_160: 160 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1
4474 * attribute must be provided as well
4475 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5: 5 MHz OFDM channel
4476 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10: 10 MHz OFDM channel
4477 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_1: 1 MHz OFDM channel
4478 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_2: 2 MHz OFDM channel
4479 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_4: 4 MHz OFDM channel
4480 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_8: 8 MHz OFDM channel
4481 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_16: 16 MHz OFDM channel
4483 enum nl80211_chan_width {
4484 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20_NOHT,
4485 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20,
4486 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_40,
4487 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80,
4488 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80P80,
4489 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_160,
4490 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5,
4491 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10,
4492 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_1,
4493 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_2,
4494 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_4,
4495 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_8,
4496 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_16,
4500 * enum nl80211_bss_scan_width - control channel width for a BSS
4502 * These values are used with the %NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH attribute.
4504 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_20: control channel is 20 MHz wide or compatible
4505 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_10: control channel is 10 MHz wide
4506 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_5: control channel is 5 MHz wide
4507 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_1: control channel is 1 MHz wide
4508 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_2: control channel is 2 MHz wide
4510 enum nl80211_bss_scan_width {
4511 NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_20,
4512 NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_10,
4513 NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_5,
4514 NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_1,
4515 NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_2,
4519 * enum nl80211_bss - netlink attributes for a BSS
4521 * @__NL80211_BSS_INVALID: invalid
4522 * @NL80211_BSS_BSSID: BSSID of the BSS (6 octets)
4523 * @NL80211_BSS_FREQUENCY: frequency in MHz (u32)
4524 * @NL80211_BSS_TSF: TSF of the received probe response/beacon (u64)
4525 * (if @NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA is present then this is known to be
4526 * from a probe response, otherwise it may be from the same beacon
4527 * that the NL80211_BSS_BEACON_TSF will be from)
4528 * @NL80211_BSS_BEACON_INTERVAL: beacon interval of the (I)BSS (u16)
4529 * @NL80211_BSS_CAPABILITY: capability field (CPU order, u16)
4530 * @NL80211_BSS_INFORMATION_ELEMENTS: binary attribute containing the
4531 * raw information elements from the probe response/beacon (bin);
4532 * if the %NL80211_BSS_BEACON_IES attribute is present and the data is
4533 * different then the IEs here are from a Probe Response frame; otherwise
4534 * they are from a Beacon frame.
4535 * However, if the driver does not indicate the source of the IEs, these
4536 * IEs may be from either frame subtype.
4537 * If present, the @NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA attribute indicates that the
4538 * data here is known to be from a probe response, without any heuristics.
4539 * @NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_MBM: signal strength of probe response/beacon
4540 * in mBm (100 * dBm) (s32)
4541 * @NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_UNSPEC: signal strength of the probe response/beacon
4542 * in unspecified units, scaled to 0..100 (u8)
4543 * @NL80211_BSS_STATUS: status, if this BSS is "used"
4544 * @NL80211_BSS_SEEN_MS_AGO: age of this BSS entry in ms
4545 * @NL80211_BSS_BEACON_IES: binary attribute containing the raw information
4546 * elements from a Beacon frame (bin); not present if no Beacon frame has
4548 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH: channel width of the control channel
4549 * (u32, enum nl80211_bss_scan_width)
4550 * @NL80211_BSS_BEACON_TSF: TSF of the last received beacon (u64)
4551 * (not present if no beacon frame has been received yet)
4552 * @NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA: the data in @NL80211_BSS_INFORMATION_ELEMENTS and
4553 * @NL80211_BSS_TSF is known to be from a probe response (flag attribute)
4554 * @NL80211_BSS_LAST_SEEN_BOOTTIME: CLOCK_BOOTTIME timestamp when this entry
4555 * was last updated by a received frame. The value is expected to be
4556 * accurate to about 10ms. (u64, nanoseconds)
4557 * @NL80211_BSS_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment
4558 * @NL80211_BSS_PARENT_TSF: the time at the start of reception of the first
4559 * octet of the timestamp field of the last beacon/probe received for
4560 * this BSS. The time is the TSF of the BSS specified by
4561 * @NL80211_BSS_PARENT_BSSID. (u64).
4562 * @NL80211_BSS_PARENT_BSSID: the BSS according to which @NL80211_BSS_PARENT_TSF
4564 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAIN_SIGNAL: per-chain signal strength of last BSS update.
4565 * Contains a nested array of signal strength attributes (u8, dBm),
4566 * using the nesting index as the antenna number.
4567 * @NL80211_BSS_FREQUENCY_OFFSET: frequency offset in KHz
4568 * @__NL80211_BSS_AFTER_LAST: internal
4569 * @NL80211_BSS_MAX: highest BSS attribute
4572 __NL80211_BSS_INVALID,
4574 NL80211_BSS_FREQUENCY,
4576 NL80211_BSS_BEACON_INTERVAL,
4577 NL80211_BSS_CAPABILITY,
4578 NL80211_BSS_INFORMATION_ELEMENTS,
4579 NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_MBM,
4580 NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_UNSPEC,
4582 NL80211_BSS_SEEN_MS_AGO,
4583 NL80211_BSS_BEACON_IES,
4584 NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH,
4585 NL80211_BSS_BEACON_TSF,
4586 NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA,
4587 NL80211_BSS_LAST_SEEN_BOOTTIME,
4589 NL80211_BSS_PARENT_TSF,
4590 NL80211_BSS_PARENT_BSSID,
4591 NL80211_BSS_CHAIN_SIGNAL,
4592 NL80211_BSS_FREQUENCY_OFFSET,
4595 __NL80211_BSS_AFTER_LAST,
4596 NL80211_BSS_MAX = __NL80211_BSS_AFTER_LAST - 1
4600 * enum nl80211_bss_status - BSS "status"
4601 * @NL80211_BSS_STATUS_AUTHENTICATED: Authenticated with this BSS.
4602 * Note that this is no longer used since cfg80211 no longer
4603 * keeps track of whether or not authentication was done with
4605 * @NL80211_BSS_STATUS_ASSOCIATED: Associated with this BSS.
4606 * @NL80211_BSS_STATUS_IBSS_JOINED: Joined to this IBSS.
4608 * The BSS status is a BSS attribute in scan dumps, which
4609 * indicates the status the interface has wrt. this BSS.
4611 enum nl80211_bss_status {
4612 NL80211_BSS_STATUS_AUTHENTICATED,
4613 NL80211_BSS_STATUS_ASSOCIATED,
4614 NL80211_BSS_STATUS_IBSS_JOINED,
4618 * enum nl80211_auth_type - AuthenticationType
4620 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_OPEN_SYSTEM: Open System authentication
4621 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SHARED_KEY: Shared Key authentication (WEP only)
4622 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FT: Fast BSS Transition (IEEE 802.11r)
4623 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NETWORK_EAP: Network EAP (some Cisco APs and mainly LEAP)
4624 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SAE: Simultaneous authentication of equals
4625 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_SK: Fast Initial Link Setup shared key
4626 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_SK_PFS: Fast Initial Link Setup shared key with PFS
4627 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_PK: Fast Initial Link Setup public key
4628 * @__NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NUM: internal
4629 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_MAX: maximum valid auth algorithm
4630 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_AUTOMATIC: determine automatically (if necessary by
4631 * trying multiple times); this is invalid in netlink -- leave out
4632 * the attribute for this on CONNECT commands.
4634 enum nl80211_auth_type {
4635 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_OPEN_SYSTEM,
4636 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SHARED_KEY,
4637 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FT,
4638 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NETWORK_EAP,
4639 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SAE,
4640 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_SK,
4641 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_SK_PFS,
4642 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_PK,
4645 __NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NUM,
4646 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_MAX = __NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NUM - 1,
4647 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_AUTOMATIC
4651 * enum nl80211_key_type - Key Type
4652 * @NL80211_KEYTYPE_GROUP: Group (broadcast/multicast) key
4653 * @NL80211_KEYTYPE_PAIRWISE: Pairwise (unicast/individual) key
4654 * @NL80211_KEYTYPE_PEERKEY: PeerKey (DLS)
4655 * @NUM_NL80211_KEYTYPES: number of defined key types
4657 enum nl80211_key_type {
4658 NL80211_KEYTYPE_GROUP,
4659 NL80211_KEYTYPE_PAIRWISE,
4660 NL80211_KEYTYPE_PEERKEY,
4662 NUM_NL80211_KEYTYPES
4666 * enum nl80211_mfp - Management frame protection state
4667 * @NL80211_MFP_NO: Management frame protection not used
4668 * @NL80211_MFP_REQUIRED: Management frame protection required
4669 * @NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL: Management frame protection is optional
4673 NL80211_MFP_REQUIRED,
4674 NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL,
4677 enum nl80211_wpa_versions {
4678 NL80211_WPA_VERSION_1 = 1 << 0,
4679 NL80211_WPA_VERSION_2 = 1 << 1,
4680 NL80211_WPA_VERSION_3 = 1 << 2,
4684 * enum nl80211_key_default_types - key default types
4685 * @__NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_INVALID: invalid
4686 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_UNICAST: key should be used as default
4688 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_MULTICAST: key should be used as default
4690 * @NUM_NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES: number of default types
4692 enum nl80211_key_default_types {
4693 __NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_INVALID,
4694 NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_UNICAST,
4695 NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_MULTICAST,
4697 NUM_NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES
4701 * enum nl80211_key_attributes - key attributes
4702 * @__NL80211_KEY_INVALID: invalid
4703 * @NL80211_KEY_DATA: (temporal) key data; for TKIP this consists of
4704 * 16 bytes encryption key followed by 8 bytes each for TX and RX MIC
4706 * @NL80211_KEY_IDX: key ID (u8, 0-3)
4707 * @NL80211_KEY_CIPHER: key cipher suite (u32, as defined by IEEE 802.11
4708 * section 7.3.2.25.1, e.g. 0x000FAC04)
4709 * @NL80211_KEY_SEQ: transmit key sequence number (IV/PN) for TKIP and
4710 * CCMP keys, each six bytes in little endian
4711 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT: flag indicating default key
4712 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT: flag indicating default management key
4713 * @NL80211_KEY_TYPE: the key type from enum nl80211_key_type, if not
4714 * specified the default depends on whether a MAC address was
4715 * given with the command using the key or not (u32)
4716 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES: A nested attribute containing flags
4717 * attributes, specifying what a key should be set as default as.
4718 * See &enum nl80211_key_default_types.
4719 * @NL80211_KEY_MODE: the mode from enum nl80211_key_mode.
4720 * Defaults to @NL80211_KEY_RX_TX.
4721 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_BEACON: flag indicating default Beacon frame key
4723 * @__NL80211_KEY_AFTER_LAST: internal
4724 * @NL80211_KEY_MAX: highest key attribute
4726 enum nl80211_key_attributes {
4727 __NL80211_KEY_INVALID,
4732 NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT,
4733 NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT,
4735 NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES,
4737 NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_BEACON,
4740 __NL80211_KEY_AFTER_LAST,
4741 NL80211_KEY_MAX = __NL80211_KEY_AFTER_LAST - 1
4745 * enum nl80211_tx_rate_attributes - TX rate set attributes
4746 * @__NL80211_TXRATE_INVALID: invalid
4747 * @NL80211_TXRATE_LEGACY: Legacy (non-MCS) rates allowed for TX rate selection
4748 * in an array of rates as defined in IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 (u8 values with
4749 * 1 = 500 kbps) but without the IE length restriction (at most
4750 * %NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES in a single array).
4751 * @NL80211_TXRATE_HT: HT (MCS) rates allowed for TX rate selection
4752 * in an array of MCS numbers.
4753 * @NL80211_TXRATE_VHT: VHT rates allowed for TX rate selection,
4754 * see &struct nl80211_txrate_vht
4755 * @NL80211_TXRATE_GI: configure GI, see &enum nl80211_txrate_gi
4756 * @NL80211_TXRATE_HE: HE rates allowed for TX rate selection,
4757 * see &struct nl80211_txrate_he
4758 * @NL80211_TXRATE_HE_GI: configure HE GI, 0.8us, 1.6us and 3.2us.
4759 * @NL80211_TXRATE_HE_LTF: configure HE LTF, 1XLTF, 2XLTF and 4XLTF.
4760 * @__NL80211_TXRATE_AFTER_LAST: internal
4761 * @NL80211_TXRATE_MAX: highest TX rate attribute
4763 enum nl80211_tx_rate_attributes {
4764 __NL80211_TXRATE_INVALID,
4765 NL80211_TXRATE_LEGACY,
4770 NL80211_TXRATE_HE_GI,
4771 NL80211_TXRATE_HE_LTF,
4774 __NL80211_TXRATE_AFTER_LAST,
4775 NL80211_TXRATE_MAX = __NL80211_TXRATE_AFTER_LAST - 1
4778 #define NL80211_TXRATE_MCS NL80211_TXRATE_HT
4779 #define NL80211_VHT_NSS_MAX 8
4782 * struct nl80211_txrate_vht - VHT MCS/NSS txrate bitmap
4783 * @mcs: MCS bitmap table for each NSS (array index 0 for 1 stream, etc.)
4785 struct nl80211_txrate_vht {
4786 __u16 mcs[NL80211_VHT_NSS_MAX];
4789 #define NL80211_HE_NSS_MAX 8
4791 * struct nl80211_txrate_he - HE MCS/NSS txrate bitmap
4792 * @mcs: MCS bitmap table for each NSS (array index 0 for 1 stream, etc.)
4794 struct nl80211_txrate_he {
4795 __u16 mcs[NL80211_HE_NSS_MAX];
4798 enum nl80211_txrate_gi {
4799 NL80211_TXRATE_DEFAULT_GI,
4800 NL80211_TXRATE_FORCE_SGI,
4801 NL80211_TXRATE_FORCE_LGI,
4805 * enum nl80211_band - Frequency band
4806 * @NL80211_BAND_2GHZ: 2.4 GHz ISM band
4807 * @NL80211_BAND_5GHZ: around 5 GHz band (4.9 - 5.7 GHz)
4808 * @NL80211_BAND_60GHZ: around 60 GHz band (58.32 - 69.12 GHz)
4809 * @NL80211_BAND_6GHZ: around 6 GHz band (5.9 - 7.2 GHz)
4810 * @NL80211_BAND_S1GHZ: around 900MHz, supported by S1G PHYs
4811 * @NUM_NL80211_BANDS: number of bands, avoid using this in userspace
4812 * since newer kernel versions may support more bands
4825 * enum nl80211_ps_state - powersave state
4826 * @NL80211_PS_DISABLED: powersave is disabled
4827 * @NL80211_PS_ENABLED: powersave is enabled
4829 enum nl80211_ps_state {
4830 NL80211_PS_DISABLED,
4835 * enum nl80211_attr_cqm - connection quality monitor attributes
4836 * @__NL80211_ATTR_CQM_INVALID: invalid
4837 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THOLD: RSSI threshold in dBm. This value specifies
4838 * the threshold for the RSSI level at which an event will be sent. Zero
4839 * to disable. Alternatively, if %NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CQM_RSSI_LIST is
4840 * set, multiple values can be supplied as a low-to-high sorted array of
4841 * threshold values in dBm. Events will be sent when the RSSI value
4842 * crosses any of the thresholds.
4843 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_HYST: RSSI hysteresis in dBm. This value specifies
4844 * the minimum amount the RSSI level must change after an event before a
4845 * new event may be issued (to reduce effects of RSSI oscillation).
4846 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT: RSSI threshold event
4847 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_PKT_LOSS_EVENT: a u32 value indicating that this many
4848 * consecutive packets were not acknowledged by the peer
4849 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE: TX error rate in %. Minimum % of TX failures
4850 * during the given %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL before an
4851 * %NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM with reported %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE and
4852 * %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS is generated.
4853 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS: number of attempted packets in a given
4854 * %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL before %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE is
4856 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL: interval in seconds. Specifies the periodic
4857 * interval in which %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS and
4858 * %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE must be satisfied before generating an
4859 * %NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM. Set to 0 to turn off TX error reporting.
4860 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT: flag attribute that's set in a beacon
4862 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_LEVEL: the RSSI value in dBm that triggered the
4863 * RSSI threshold event.
4864 * @__NL80211_ATTR_CQM_AFTER_LAST: internal
4865 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_MAX: highest key attribute
4867 enum nl80211_attr_cqm {
4868 __NL80211_ATTR_CQM_INVALID,
4869 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THOLD,
4870 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_HYST,
4871 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT,
4872 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_PKT_LOSS_EVENT,
4873 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE,
4874 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS,
4875 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL,
4876 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT,
4877 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_LEVEL,
4880 __NL80211_ATTR_CQM_AFTER_LAST,
4881 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_MAX = __NL80211_ATTR_CQM_AFTER_LAST - 1
4885 * enum nl80211_cqm_rssi_threshold_event - RSSI threshold event
4886 * @NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_LOW: The RSSI level is lower than the
4887 * configured threshold
4888 * @NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_HIGH: The RSSI is higher than the
4889 * configured threshold
4890 * @NL80211_CQM_RSSI_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT: (reserved, never sent)
4892 enum nl80211_cqm_rssi_threshold_event {
4893 NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_LOW,
4894 NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_HIGH,
4895 NL80211_CQM_RSSI_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT,
4900 * enum nl80211_tx_power_setting - TX power adjustment
4901 * @NL80211_TX_POWER_AUTOMATIC: automatically determine transmit power
4902 * @NL80211_TX_POWER_LIMITED: limit TX power by the mBm parameter
4903 * @NL80211_TX_POWER_FIXED: fix TX power to the mBm parameter
4905 enum nl80211_tx_power_setting {
4906 NL80211_TX_POWER_AUTOMATIC,
4907 NL80211_TX_POWER_LIMITED,
4908 NL80211_TX_POWER_FIXED,
4912 * enum nl80211_tid_config - TID config state
4913 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ENABLE: Enable config for the TID
4914 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_DISABLE: Disable config for the TID
4916 enum nl80211_tid_config {
4917 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ENABLE,
4918 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_DISABLE,
4921 /* enum nl80211_tx_rate_setting - TX rate configuration type
4922 * @NL80211_TX_RATE_AUTOMATIC: automatically determine TX rate
4923 * @NL80211_TX_RATE_LIMITED: limit the TX rate by the TX rate parameter
4924 * @NL80211_TX_RATE_FIXED: fix TX rate to the TX rate parameter
4926 enum nl80211_tx_rate_setting {
4927 NL80211_TX_RATE_AUTOMATIC,
4928 NL80211_TX_RATE_LIMITED,
4929 NL80211_TX_RATE_FIXED,
4932 /* enum nl80211_tid_config_attr - TID specific configuration.
4933 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_PAD: pad attribute for 64-bit values
4934 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_VIF_SUPP: a bitmap (u64) of attributes supported
4935 * for per-vif configuration; doesn't list the ones that are generic
4936 * (%NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TIDS, %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_OVERRIDE).
4937 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_PEER_SUPP: same as the previous per-vif one, but
4939 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_OVERRIDE: flag attribue, if set indicates
4940 * that the new configuration overrides all previous peer
4941 * configurations, otherwise previous peer specific configurations
4942 * should be left untouched.
4943 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TIDS: a bitmask value of TIDs (bit 0 to 7)
4945 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_NOACK: Configure ack policy for the TID.
4946 * specified in %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TID. see %enum nl80211_tid_config.
4948 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RETRY_SHORT: Number of retries used with data frame
4949 * transmission, user-space sets this configuration in
4950 * &NL80211_CMD_SET_TID_CONFIG. It is u8 type, min value is 1 and
4951 * the max value is advertised by the driver in this attribute on
4952 * output in wiphy capabilities.
4953 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RETRY_LONG: Number of retries used with data frame
4954 * transmission, user-space sets this configuration in
4955 * &NL80211_CMD_SET_TID_CONFIG. Its type is u8, min value is 1 and
4956 * the max value is advertised by the driver in this attribute on
4957 * output in wiphy capabilities.
4958 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_AMPDU_CTRL: Enable/Disable MPDU aggregation
4959 * for the TIDs specified in %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TIDS.
4960 * Its type is u8, using the values from &nl80211_tid_config.
4961 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RTSCTS_CTRL: Enable/Disable RTS_CTS for the TIDs
4962 * specified in %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TIDS. It is u8 type, using
4963 * the values from &nl80211_tid_config.
4964 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_AMSDU_CTRL: Enable/Disable MSDU aggregation
4965 * for the TIDs specified in %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TIDS.
4966 * Its type is u8, using the values from &nl80211_tid_config.
4967 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TX_RATE_TYPE: This attribute will be useful
4968 * to notfiy the driver that what type of txrate should be used
4969 * for the TIDs specified in %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TIDS. using
4970 * the values form &nl80211_tx_rate_setting.
4971 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TX_RATE: Data frame TX rate mask should be applied
4972 * with the parameters passed through %NL80211_ATTR_TX_RATES.
4973 * configuration is applied to the data frame for the tid to that connected
4976 enum nl80211_tid_config_attr {
4977 __NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_INVALID,
4978 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_PAD,
4979 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_VIF_SUPP,
4980 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_PEER_SUPP,
4981 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_OVERRIDE,
4982 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TIDS,
4983 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_NOACK,
4984 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RETRY_SHORT,
4985 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RETRY_LONG,
4986 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_AMPDU_CTRL,
4987 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RTSCTS_CTRL,
4988 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_AMSDU_CTRL,
4989 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TX_RATE_TYPE,
4990 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TX_RATE,
4993 __NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
4994 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
4998 * enum nl80211_packet_pattern_attr - packet pattern attribute
4999 * @__NL80211_PKTPAT_INVALID: invalid number for nested attribute
5000 * @NL80211_PKTPAT_PATTERN: the pattern, values where the mask has
5001 * a zero bit are ignored
5002 * @NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK: pattern mask, must be long enough to have
5003 * a bit for each byte in the pattern. The lowest-order bit corresponds
5004 * to the first byte of the pattern, but the bytes of the pattern are
5005 * in a little-endian-like format, i.e. the 9th byte of the pattern
5006 * corresponds to the lowest-order bit in the second byte of the mask.
5007 * For example: The match 00:xx:00:00:xx:00:00:00:00:xx:xx:xx (where
5008 * xx indicates "don't care") would be represented by a pattern of
5009 * twelve zero bytes, and a mask of "0xed,0x01".
5010 * Note that the pattern matching is done as though frames were not
5011 * 802.11 frames but 802.3 frames, i.e. the frame is fully unpacked
5012 * first (including SNAP header unpacking) and then matched.
5013 * @NL80211_PKTPAT_OFFSET: packet offset, pattern is matched after
5014 * these fixed number of bytes of received packet
5015 * @NUM_NL80211_PKTPAT: number of attributes
5016 * @MAX_NL80211_PKTPAT: max attribute number
5018 enum nl80211_packet_pattern_attr {
5019 __NL80211_PKTPAT_INVALID,
5020 NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK,
5021 NL80211_PKTPAT_PATTERN,
5022 NL80211_PKTPAT_OFFSET,
5025 MAX_NL80211_PKTPAT = NUM_NL80211_PKTPAT - 1,
5029 * struct nl80211_pattern_support - packet pattern support information
5030 * @max_patterns: maximum number of patterns supported
5031 * @min_pattern_len: minimum length of each pattern
5032 * @max_pattern_len: maximum length of each pattern
5033 * @max_pkt_offset: maximum Rx packet offset
5035 * This struct is carried in %NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_PKT_PATTERN when
5036 * that is part of %NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED or in
5037 * %NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_PKT_PATTERN when that is part of
5038 * %NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE in the capability information given
5039 * by the kernel to userspace.
5041 struct nl80211_pattern_support {
5043 __u32 min_pattern_len;
5044 __u32 max_pattern_len;
5045 __u32 max_pkt_offset;
5046 } __attribute__((packed));
5048 /* only for backward compatibility */
5049 #define __NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_INVALID __NL80211_PKTPAT_INVALID
5050 #define NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_MASK NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK
5051 #define NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_PATTERN NL80211_PKTPAT_PATTERN
5052 #define NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_OFFSET NL80211_PKTPAT_OFFSET
5053 #define NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT NUM_NL80211_PKTPAT
5054 #define MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT MAX_NL80211_PKTPAT
5055 #define nl80211_wowlan_pattern_support nl80211_pattern_support
5058 * enum nl80211_wowlan_triggers - WoWLAN trigger definitions
5059 * @__NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes
5060 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_ANY: wake up on any activity, do not really put
5061 * the chip into a special state -- works best with chips that have
5062 * support for low-power operation already (flag)
5063 * Note that this mode is incompatible with all of the others, if
5064 * any others are even supported by the device.
5065 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_DISCONNECT: wake up on disconnect, the way disconnect
5066 * is detected is implementation-specific (flag)
5067 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_MAGIC_PKT: wake up on magic packet (6x 0xff, followed
5068 * by 16 repetitions of MAC addr, anywhere in payload) (flag)
5069 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_PKT_PATTERN: wake up on the specified packet patterns
5070 * which are passed in an array of nested attributes, each nested attribute
5071 * defining a with attributes from &struct nl80211_wowlan_trig_pkt_pattern.
5072 * Each pattern defines a wakeup packet. Packet offset is associated with
5073 * each pattern which is used while matching the pattern. The matching is
5074 * done on the MSDU, i.e. as though the packet was an 802.3 packet, so the
5075 * pattern matching is done after the packet is converted to the MSDU.
5077 * In %NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED, it is a binary attribute
5078 * carrying a &struct nl80211_pattern_support.
5080 * When reporting wakeup. it is a u32 attribute containing the 0-based
5081 * index of the pattern that caused the wakeup, in the patterns passed
5082 * to the kernel when configuring.
5083 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_SUPPORTED: Not a real trigger, and cannot be
5084 * used when setting, used only to indicate that GTK rekeying is supported
5085 * by the device (flag)
5086 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_FAILURE: wake up on GTK rekey failure (if
5087 * done by the device) (flag)
5088 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_EAP_IDENT_REQUEST: wake up on EAP Identity Request
5090 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_4WAY_HANDSHAKE: wake up on 4-way handshake (flag)
5091 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_RFKILL_RELEASE: wake up when rfkill is released
5092 * (on devices that have rfkill in the device) (flag)
5093 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211: For wakeup reporting only, contains
5094 * the 802.11 packet that caused the wakeup, e.g. a deauth frame. The frame
5095 * may be truncated, the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211_LEN
5096 * attribute contains the original length.
5097 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211_LEN: Original length of the 802.11
5098 * packet, may be bigger than the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211
5099 * attribute if the packet was truncated somewhere.
5100 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023: For wakeup reporting only, contains the
5101 * 802.11 packet that caused the wakeup, e.g. a magic packet. The frame may
5102 * be truncated, the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023_LEN attribute
5103 * contains the original length.
5104 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023_LEN: Original length of the 802.3
5105 * packet, may be bigger than the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023
5106 * attribute if the packet was truncated somewhere.
5107 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_TCP_CONNECTION: TCP connection wake, see DOC section
5108 * "TCP connection wakeup" for more details. This is a nested attribute
5109 * containing the exact information for establishing and keeping alive
5110 * the TCP connection.
5111 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_TCP_WAKEUP_MATCH: For wakeup reporting only, the
5112 * wakeup packet was received on the TCP connection
5113 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_CONNLOST: For wakeup reporting only, the
5114 * TCP connection was lost or failed to be established
5115 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_NOMORETOKENS: For wakeup reporting only,
5116 * the TCP connection ran out of tokens to use for data to send to the
5118 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT: wake up when a configured network
5119 * is detected. This is a nested attribute that contains the
5120 * same attributes used with @NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN. It
5121 * specifies how the scan is performed (e.g. the interval, the
5122 * channels to scan and the initial delay) as well as the scan
5123 * results that will trigger a wake (i.e. the matchsets). This
5124 * attribute is also sent in a response to
5125 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY, indicating the number of match sets
5126 * supported by the driver (u32).
5127 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT_RESULTS: nested attribute
5128 * containing an array with information about what triggered the
5129 * wake up. If no elements are present in the array, it means
5130 * that the information is not available. If more than one
5131 * element is present, it means that more than one match
5133 * Each element in the array is a nested attribute that contains
5134 * one optional %NL80211_ATTR_SSID attribute and one optional
5135 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES attribute. At least one of
5136 * these attributes must be present. If
5137 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES contains more than one
5138 * frequency, it means that the match occurred in more than one
5140 * @NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG: number of wake on wireless triggers
5141 * @MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG: highest wowlan trigger attribute number
5143 * These nested attributes are used to configure the wakeup triggers and
5144 * to report the wakeup reason(s).
5146 enum nl80211_wowlan_triggers {
5147 __NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_INVALID,
5148 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_ANY,
5149 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_DISCONNECT,
5150 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_MAGIC_PKT,
5151 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_PKT_PATTERN,
5152 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_SUPPORTED,
5153 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_FAILURE,
5154 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_EAP_IDENT_REQUEST,
5155 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_4WAY_HANDSHAKE,
5156 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_RFKILL_RELEASE,
5157 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211,
5158 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211_LEN,
5159 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023,
5160 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023_LEN,
5161 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_TCP_CONNECTION,
5162 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_MATCH,
5163 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_CONNLOST,
5164 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_NOMORETOKENS,
5165 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT,
5166 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT_RESULTS,
5169 NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG,
5170 MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG = NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG - 1
5174 * DOC: TCP connection wakeup
5176 * Some devices can establish a TCP connection in order to be woken up by a
5177 * packet coming in from outside their network segment, or behind NAT. If
5178 * configured, the device will establish a TCP connection to the given
5179 * service, and periodically send data to that service. The first data
5180 * packet is usually transmitted after SYN/ACK, also ACKing the SYN/ACK.
5181 * The data packets can optionally include a (little endian) sequence
5182 * number (in the TCP payload!) that is generated by the device, and, also
5183 * optionally, a token from a list of tokens. This serves as a keep-alive
5184 * with the service, and for NATed connections, etc.
5186 * During this keep-alive period, the server doesn't send any data to the
5187 * client. When receiving data, it is compared against the wakeup pattern
5188 * (and mask) and if it matches, the host is woken up. Similarly, if the
5189 * connection breaks or cannot be established to start with, the host is
5192 * Developer's note: ARP offload is required for this, otherwise TCP
5193 * response packets might not go through correctly.
5197 * struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_seq - WoWLAN TCP data sequence
5198 * @start: starting value
5199 * @offset: offset of sequence number in packet
5200 * @len: length of the sequence value to write, 1 through 4
5202 * Note: don't confuse with the TCP sequence number(s), this is for the
5203 * keepalive packet payload. The actual value is written into the packet
5206 struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_seq {
5207 __u32 start, offset, len;
5211 * struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token - WoWLAN TCP data token config
5212 * @offset: offset of token in packet
5213 * @len: length of each token
5214 * @token_stream: stream of data to be used for the tokens, the length must
5215 * be a multiple of @len for this to make sense
5217 struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token {
5219 __u8 token_stream[];
5223 * struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token_feature - data token features
5224 * @min_len: minimum token length
5225 * @max_len: maximum token length
5226 * @bufsize: total available token buffer size (max size of @token_stream)
5228 struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token_feature {
5229 __u32 min_len, max_len, bufsize;
5233 * enum nl80211_wowlan_tcp_attrs - WoWLAN TCP connection parameters
5234 * @__NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes
5235 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_IPV4: source IPv4 address (in network byte order)
5236 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_IPV4: destination IPv4 address
5237 * (in network byte order)
5238 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_MAC: destination MAC address, this is given because
5239 * route lookup when configured might be invalid by the time we suspend,
5240 * and doing a route lookup when suspending is no longer possible as it
5241 * might require ARP querying.
5242 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_PORT: source port (u16); optional, if not given a
5243 * socket and port will be allocated
5244 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_PORT: destination port (u16)
5245 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD: data packet payload, at least one byte.
5246 * For feature advertising, a u32 attribute holding the maximum length
5247 * of the data payload.
5248 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_SEQ: data packet sequence configuration
5249 * (if desired), a &struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_seq. For feature
5250 * advertising it is just a flag
5251 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_TOKEN: data packet token configuration,
5252 * see &struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token and for advertising see
5253 * &struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token_feature.
5254 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_INTERVAL: data interval in seconds, maximum
5255 * interval in feature advertising (u32)
5256 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_PAYLOAD: wake packet payload, for advertising a
5257 * u32 attribute holding the maximum length
5258 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_MASK: Wake packet payload mask, not used for
5259 * feature advertising. The mask works like @NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK
5260 * but on the TCP payload only.
5261 * @NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP: number of TCP attributes
5262 * @MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP: highest attribute number
5264 enum nl80211_wowlan_tcp_attrs {
5265 __NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_INVALID,
5266 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_IPV4,
5267 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_IPV4,
5268 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_MAC,
5269 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_PORT,
5270 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_PORT,
5271 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD,
5272 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_SEQ,
5273 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_TOKEN,
5274 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_INTERVAL,
5275 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_PAYLOAD,
5276 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_MASK,
5279 NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP,
5280 MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP = NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP - 1
5284 * struct nl80211_coalesce_rule_support - coalesce rule support information
5285 * @max_rules: maximum number of rules supported
5286 * @pat: packet pattern support information
5287 * @max_delay: maximum supported coalescing delay in msecs
5289 * This struct is carried in %NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE in the
5290 * capability information given by the kernel to userspace.
5292 struct nl80211_coalesce_rule_support {
5294 struct nl80211_pattern_support pat;
5296 } __attribute__((packed));
5299 * enum nl80211_attr_coalesce_rule - coalesce rule attribute
5300 * @__NL80211_COALESCE_RULE_INVALID: invalid number for nested attribute
5301 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_DELAY: delay in msecs used for packet coalescing
5302 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_CONDITION: condition for packet coalescence,
5303 * see &enum nl80211_coalesce_condition.
5304 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_PKT_PATTERN: packet offset, pattern is matched
5305 * after these fixed number of bytes of received packet
5306 * @NUM_NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE: number of attributes
5307 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_MAX: max attribute number
5309 enum nl80211_attr_coalesce_rule {
5310 __NL80211_COALESCE_RULE_INVALID,
5311 NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_DELAY,
5312 NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_CONDITION,
5313 NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_PKT_PATTERN,
5316 NUM_NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE,
5317 NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_MAX = NUM_NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE - 1
5321 * enum nl80211_coalesce_condition - coalesce rule conditions
5322 * @NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_MATCH: coalaesce Rx packets when patterns
5323 * in a rule are matched.
5324 * @NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_NO_MATCH: coalesce Rx packets when patterns
5325 * in a rule are not matched.
5327 enum nl80211_coalesce_condition {
5328 NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_MATCH,
5329 NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_NO_MATCH
5333 * enum nl80211_iface_limit_attrs - limit attributes
5334 * @NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_UNSPEC: (reserved)
5335 * @NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_MAX: maximum number of interfaces that
5336 * can be chosen from this set of interface types (u32)
5337 * @NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_TYPES: nested attribute containing a
5338 * flag attribute for each interface type in this set
5339 * @NUM_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT: number of attributes
5340 * @MAX_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT: highest attribute number
5342 enum nl80211_iface_limit_attrs {
5343 NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_UNSPEC,
5344 NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_MAX,
5345 NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_TYPES,
5348 NUM_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT,
5349 MAX_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT = NUM_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT - 1
5353 * enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs -- interface combination attributes
5355 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_UNSPEC: (reserved)
5356 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_LIMITS: Nested attributes containing the limits
5357 * for given interface types, see &enum nl80211_iface_limit_attrs.
5358 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_MAXNUM: u32 attribute giving the total number of
5359 * interfaces that can be created in this group. This number doesn't
5360 * apply to interfaces purely managed in software, which are listed
5361 * in a separate attribute %NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACES_SOFTWARE.
5362 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_STA_AP_BI_MATCH: flag attribute specifying that
5363 * beacon intervals within this group must be all the same even for
5364 * infrastructure and AP/GO combinations, i.e. the GO(s) must adopt
5365 * the infrastructure network's beacon interval.
5366 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_NUM_CHANNELS: u32 attribute specifying how many
5367 * different channels may be used within this group.
5368 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_WIDTHS: u32 attribute containing the bitmap
5369 * of supported channel widths for radar detection.
5370 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_REGIONS: u32 attribute containing the bitmap
5371 * of supported regulatory regions for radar detection.
5372 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_BI_MIN_GCD: u32 attribute specifying the minimum GCD of
5373 * different beacon intervals supported by all the interface combinations
5374 * in this group (if not present, all beacon intervals be identical).
5375 * @NUM_NL80211_IFACE_COMB: number of attributes
5376 * @MAX_NL80211_IFACE_COMB: highest attribute number
5379 * limits = [ #{STA} <= 1, #{AP} <= 1 ], matching BI, channels = 1, max = 2
5380 * => allows an AP and a STA that must match BIs
5382 * numbers = [ #{AP, P2P-GO} <= 8 ], BI min gcd, channels = 1, max = 8,
5383 * => allows 8 of AP/GO that can have BI gcd >= min gcd
5385 * numbers = [ #{STA} <= 2 ], channels = 2, max = 2
5386 * => allows two STAs on different channels
5388 * numbers = [ #{STA} <= 1, #{P2P-client,P2P-GO} <= 3 ], max = 4
5389 * => allows a STA plus three P2P interfaces
5391 * The list of these four possibilities could completely be contained
5392 * within the %NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS attribute to indicate
5393 * that any of these groups must match.
5395 * "Combinations" of just a single interface will not be listed here,
5396 * a single interface of any valid interface type is assumed to always
5397 * be possible by itself. This means that implicitly, for each valid
5398 * interface type, the following group always exists:
5399 * numbers = [ #{<type>} <= 1 ], channels = 1, max = 1
5401 enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs {
5402 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_UNSPEC,
5403 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_LIMITS,
5404 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_MAXNUM,
5405 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_STA_AP_BI_MATCH,
5406 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_NUM_CHANNELS,
5407 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_WIDTHS,
5408 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_REGIONS,
5409 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_BI_MIN_GCD,
5412 NUM_NL80211_IFACE_COMB,
5413 MAX_NL80211_IFACE_COMB = NUM_NL80211_IFACE_COMB - 1
5418 * enum nl80211_plink_state - state of a mesh peer link finite state machine
5420 * @NL80211_PLINK_LISTEN: initial state, considered the implicit
5421 * state of non existent mesh peer links
5422 * @NL80211_PLINK_OPN_SNT: mesh plink open frame has been sent to
5424 * @NL80211_PLINK_OPN_RCVD: mesh plink open frame has been received
5425 * from this mesh peer
5426 * @NL80211_PLINK_CNF_RCVD: mesh plink confirm frame has been
5427 * received from this mesh peer
5428 * @NL80211_PLINK_ESTAB: mesh peer link is established
5429 * @NL80211_PLINK_HOLDING: mesh peer link is being closed or cancelled
5430 * @NL80211_PLINK_BLOCKED: all frames transmitted from this mesh
5431 * plink are discarded
5432 * @NUM_NL80211_PLINK_STATES: number of peer link states
5433 * @MAX_NL80211_PLINK_STATES: highest numerical value of plink states
5435 enum nl80211_plink_state {
5436 NL80211_PLINK_LISTEN,
5437 NL80211_PLINK_OPN_SNT,
5438 NL80211_PLINK_OPN_RCVD,
5439 NL80211_PLINK_CNF_RCVD,
5440 NL80211_PLINK_ESTAB,
5441 NL80211_PLINK_HOLDING,
5442 NL80211_PLINK_BLOCKED,
5445 NUM_NL80211_PLINK_STATES,
5446 MAX_NL80211_PLINK_STATES = NUM_NL80211_PLINK_STATES - 1
5450 * enum nl80211_plink_action - actions to perform in mesh peers
5452 * @NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_NO_ACTION: perform no action
5453 * @NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_OPEN: start mesh peer link establishment
5454 * @NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_BLOCK: block traffic from this mesh peer
5455 * @NUM_NL80211_PLINK_ACTIONS: number of possible actions
5457 enum plink_actions {
5458 NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_NO_ACTION,
5459 NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_OPEN,
5460 NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_BLOCK,
5462 NUM_NL80211_PLINK_ACTIONS,
5466 #define NL80211_KCK_LEN 16
5467 #define NL80211_KEK_LEN 16
5468 #define NL80211_KCK_EXT_LEN 24
5469 #define NL80211_KEK_EXT_LEN 32
5470 #define NL80211_REPLAY_CTR_LEN 8
5473 * enum nl80211_rekey_data - attributes for GTK rekey offload
5474 * @__NL80211_REKEY_DATA_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes
5475 * @NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KEK: key encryption key (binary)
5476 * @NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KCK: key confirmation key (binary)
5477 * @NL80211_REKEY_DATA_REPLAY_CTR: replay counter (binary)
5478 * @NL80211_REKEY_DATA_AKM: AKM data (OUI, suite type)
5479 * @NUM_NL80211_REKEY_DATA: number of rekey attributes (internal)
5480 * @MAX_NL80211_REKEY_DATA: highest rekey attribute (internal)
5482 enum nl80211_rekey_data {
5483 __NL80211_REKEY_DATA_INVALID,
5484 NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KEK,
5485 NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KCK,
5486 NL80211_REKEY_DATA_REPLAY_CTR,
5487 NL80211_REKEY_DATA_AKM,
5490 NUM_NL80211_REKEY_DATA,
5491 MAX_NL80211_REKEY_DATA = NUM_NL80211_REKEY_DATA - 1
5495 * enum nl80211_hidden_ssid - values for %NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID
5496 * @NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_NOT_IN_USE: do not hide SSID (i.e., broadcast it in
5498 * @NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_LEN: hide SSID by using zero-length SSID element
5500 * @NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_CONTENTS: hide SSID by using correct length of SSID
5501 * element in Beacon frames but zero out each byte in the SSID
5503 enum nl80211_hidden_ssid {
5504 NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_NOT_IN_USE,
5505 NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_LEN,
5506 NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_CONTENTS
5510 * enum nl80211_sta_wme_attr - station WME attributes
5511 * @__NL80211_STA_WME_INVALID: invalid number for nested attribute
5512 * @NL80211_STA_WME_UAPSD_QUEUES: bitmap of uapsd queues. the format
5513 * is the same as the AC bitmap in the QoS info field.
5514 * @NL80211_STA_WME_MAX_SP: max service period. the format is the same
5515 * as the MAX_SP field in the QoS info field (but already shifted down).
5516 * @__NL80211_STA_WME_AFTER_LAST: internal
5517 * @NL80211_STA_WME_MAX: highest station WME attribute
5519 enum nl80211_sta_wme_attr {
5520 __NL80211_STA_WME_INVALID,
5521 NL80211_STA_WME_UAPSD_QUEUES,
5522 NL80211_STA_WME_MAX_SP,
5525 __NL80211_STA_WME_AFTER_LAST,
5526 NL80211_STA_WME_MAX = __NL80211_STA_WME_AFTER_LAST - 1
5530 * enum nl80211_pmksa_candidate_attr - attributes for PMKSA caching candidates
5531 * @__NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes
5532 * @NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INDEX: candidate index (u32; the smaller, the higher
5534 * @NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_BSSID: candidate BSSID (6 octets)
5535 * @NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_PREAUTH: RSN pre-authentication supported (flag)
5536 * @NUM_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: number of PMKSA caching candidate attributes
5538 * @MAX_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: highest PMKSA caching candidate attribute
5541 enum nl80211_pmksa_candidate_attr {
5542 __NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INVALID,
5543 NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INDEX,
5544 NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_BSSID,
5545 NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_PREAUTH,
5548 NUM_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE,
5549 MAX_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE = NUM_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE - 1
5553 * enum nl80211_tdls_operation - values for %NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION
5554 * @NL80211_TDLS_DISCOVERY_REQ: Send a TDLS discovery request
5555 * @NL80211_TDLS_SETUP: Setup TDLS link
5556 * @NL80211_TDLS_TEARDOWN: Teardown a TDLS link which is already established
5557 * @NL80211_TDLS_ENABLE_LINK: Enable TDLS link
5558 * @NL80211_TDLS_DISABLE_LINK: Disable TDLS link
5560 enum nl80211_tdls_operation {
5561 NL80211_TDLS_DISCOVERY_REQ,
5563 NL80211_TDLS_TEARDOWN,
5564 NL80211_TDLS_ENABLE_LINK,
5565 NL80211_TDLS_DISABLE_LINK,
5569 * enum nl80211_ap_sme_features - device-integrated AP features
5570 * Reserved for future use, no bits are defined in
5571 * NL80211_ATTR_DEVICE_AP_SME yet.
5572 enum nl80211_ap_sme_features {
5577 * enum nl80211_feature_flags - device/driver features
5578 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SK_TX_STATUS: This driver supports reflecting back
5579 * TX status to the socket error queue when requested with the
5581 * @NL80211_FEATURE_HT_IBSS: This driver supports IBSS with HT datarates.
5582 * @NL80211_FEATURE_INACTIVITY_TIMER: This driver takes care of freeing up
5583 * the connected inactive stations in AP mode.
5584 * @NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS: This driver has been tested
5585 * to work properly to suppport receiving regulatory hints from
5586 * cellular base stations.
5587 * @NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_DEVICE_NEEDS_CHANNEL: (no longer available, only
5588 * here to reserve the value for API/ABI compatibility)
5589 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SAE: This driver supports simultaneous authentication of
5590 * equals (SAE) with user space SME (NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE) in station
5592 * @NL80211_FEATURE_LOW_PRIORITY_SCAN: This driver supports low priority scan
5593 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_FLUSH: Scan flush is supported
5594 * @NL80211_FEATURE_AP_SCAN: Support scanning using an AP vif
5595 * @NL80211_FEATURE_VIF_TXPOWER: The driver supports per-vif TX power setting
5596 * @NL80211_FEATURE_NEED_OBSS_SCAN: The driver expects userspace to perform
5597 * OBSS scans and generate 20/40 BSS coex reports. This flag is used only
5598 * for drivers implementing the CONNECT API, for AUTH/ASSOC it is implied.
5599 * @NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_CTWIN: P2P GO implementation supports CT Window
5601 * @NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_OPPPS: P2P GO implementation supports opportunistic
5603 * @NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE: The driver supports full state
5604 * transitions for AP clients. Without this flag (and if the driver
5605 * doesn't have the AP SME in the device) the driver supports adding
5606 * stations only when they're associated and adds them in associated
5607 * state (to later be transitioned into authorized), with this flag
5608 * they should be added before even sending the authentication reply
5609 * and then transitioned into authenticated, associated and authorized
5610 * states using station flags.
5611 * Note that even for drivers that support this, the default is to add
5612 * stations in authenticated/associated state, so to add unauthenticated
5613 * stations the authenticated/associated bits have to be set in the mask.
5614 * @NL80211_FEATURE_ADVERTISE_CHAN_LIMITS: cfg80211 advertises channel limits
5615 * (HT40, VHT 80/160 MHz) if this flag is set
5616 * @NL80211_FEATURE_USERSPACE_MPM: This driver supports a userspace Mesh
5617 * Peering Management entity which may be implemented by registering for
5618 * beacons or NL80211_CMD_NEW_PEER_CANDIDATE events. The mesh beacon is
5619 * still generated by the driver.
5620 * @NL80211_FEATURE_ACTIVE_MONITOR: This driver supports an active monitor
5621 * interface. An active monitor interface behaves like a normal monitor
5622 * interface, but gets added to the driver. It ensures that incoming
5623 * unicast packets directed at the configured interface address get ACKed.
5624 * @NL80211_FEATURE_AP_MODE_CHAN_WIDTH_CHANGE: This driver supports dynamic
5625 * channel bandwidth change (e.g., HT 20 <-> 40 MHz channel) during the
5626 * lifetime of a BSS.
5627 * @NL80211_FEATURE_DS_PARAM_SET_IE_IN_PROBES: This device adds a DS Parameter
5628 * Set IE to probe requests.
5629 * @NL80211_FEATURE_WFA_TPC_IE_IN_PROBES: This device adds a WFA TPC Report IE
5630 * to probe requests.
5631 * @NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET: This device, in client mode, supports Quiet Period
5632 * requests sent to it by an AP.
5633 * @NL80211_FEATURE_TX_POWER_INSERTION: This device is capable of inserting the
5634 * current tx power value into the TPC Report IE in the spectrum
5635 * management TPC Report action frame, and in the Radio Measurement Link
5636 * Measurement Report action frame.
5637 * @NL80211_FEATURE_ACKTO_ESTIMATION: This driver supports dynamic ACK timeout
5638 * estimation (dynack). %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_DYN_ACK flag attribute is used
5640 * @NL80211_FEATURE_STATIC_SMPS: Device supports static spatial
5641 * multiplexing powersave, ie. can turn off all but one chain
5642 * even on HT connections that should be using more chains.
5643 * @NL80211_FEATURE_DYNAMIC_SMPS: Device supports dynamic spatial
5644 * multiplexing powersave, ie. can turn off all but one chain
5645 * and then wake the rest up as required after, for example,
5646 * rts/cts handshake.
5647 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SUPPORTS_WMM_ADMISSION: the device supports setting up WMM
5648 * TSPEC sessions (TID aka TSID 0-7) with the %NL80211_CMD_ADD_TX_TS
5649 * command. Standard IEEE 802.11 TSPEC setup is not yet supported, it
5650 * needs to be able to handle Block-Ack agreements and other things.
5651 * @NL80211_FEATURE_MAC_ON_CREATE: Device supports configuring
5652 * the vif's MAC address upon creation.
5653 * See 'macaddr' field in the vif_params (cfg80211.h).
5654 * @NL80211_FEATURE_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Driver supports channel switching when
5655 * operating as a TDLS peer.
5656 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR: This device/driver supports using a
5657 * random MAC address during scan (if the device is unassociated); the
5658 * %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR flag may be set for scans and the MAC
5659 * address mask/value will be used.
5660 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR: This device/driver supports
5661 * using a random MAC address for every scan iteration during scheduled
5662 * scan (while not associated), the %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR may
5663 * be set for scheduled scan and the MAC address mask/value will be used.
5664 * @NL80211_FEATURE_ND_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR: This device/driver supports using a
5665 * random MAC address for every scan iteration during "net detect", i.e.
5666 * scan in unassociated WoWLAN, the %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR may
5667 * be set for scheduled scan and the MAC address mask/value will be used.
5669 enum nl80211_feature_flags {
5670 NL80211_FEATURE_SK_TX_STATUS = 1 << 0,
5671 NL80211_FEATURE_HT_IBSS = 1 << 1,
5672 NL80211_FEATURE_INACTIVITY_TIMER = 1 << 2,
5673 NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS = 1 << 3,
5674 NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_DEVICE_NEEDS_CHANNEL = 1 << 4,
5675 NL80211_FEATURE_SAE = 1 << 5,
5676 NL80211_FEATURE_LOW_PRIORITY_SCAN = 1 << 6,
5677 NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_FLUSH = 1 << 7,
5678 NL80211_FEATURE_AP_SCAN = 1 << 8,
5679 NL80211_FEATURE_VIF_TXPOWER = 1 << 9,
5680 NL80211_FEATURE_NEED_OBSS_SCAN = 1 << 10,
5681 NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_CTWIN = 1 << 11,
5682 NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_OPPPS = 1 << 12,
5683 /* bit 13 is reserved */
5684 NL80211_FEATURE_ADVERTISE_CHAN_LIMITS = 1 << 14,
5685 NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE = 1 << 15,
5686 NL80211_FEATURE_USERSPACE_MPM = 1 << 16,
5687 NL80211_FEATURE_ACTIVE_MONITOR = 1 << 17,
5688 NL80211_FEATURE_AP_MODE_CHAN_WIDTH_CHANGE = 1 << 18,
5689 NL80211_FEATURE_DS_PARAM_SET_IE_IN_PROBES = 1 << 19,
5690 NL80211_FEATURE_WFA_TPC_IE_IN_PROBES = 1 << 20,
5691 NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET = 1 << 21,
5692 NL80211_FEATURE_TX_POWER_INSERTION = 1 << 22,
5693 NL80211_FEATURE_ACKTO_ESTIMATION = 1 << 23,
5694 NL80211_FEATURE_STATIC_SMPS = 1 << 24,
5695 NL80211_FEATURE_DYNAMIC_SMPS = 1 << 25,
5696 NL80211_FEATURE_SUPPORTS_WMM_ADMISSION = 1 << 26,
5697 NL80211_FEATURE_MAC_ON_CREATE = 1 << 27,
5698 NL80211_FEATURE_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH = 1 << 28,
5699 NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR = 1 << 29,
5700 NL80211_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR = 1 << 30,
5701 NL80211_FEATURE_ND_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR = 1U << 31,
5705 * enum nl80211_ext_feature_index - bit index of extended features.
5706 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_VHT_IBSS: This driver supports IBSS with VHT datarates.
5707 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_RRM: This driver supports RRM. When featured, user can
5708 * request to use RRM (see %NL80211_ATTR_USE_RRM) with
5709 * %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE and %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT requests, which will set
5710 * the ASSOC_REQ_USE_RRM flag in the association request even if
5711 * NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET is not advertized.
5712 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MU_MIMO_AIR_SNIFFER: This device supports MU-MIMO air
5713 * sniffer which means that it can be configured to hear packets from
5714 * certain groups which can be configured by the
5715 * %NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_GROUP_DATA attribute,
5716 * or can be configured to follow a station by configuring the
5717 * %NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_FOLLOW_MAC_ADDR attribute.
5718 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_START_TIME: This driver includes the actual
5719 * time the scan started in scan results event. The time is the TSF of
5720 * the BSS that the interface that requested the scan is connected to
5722 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BSS_PARENT_TSF: Per BSS, this driver reports the
5723 * time the last beacon/probe was received. The time is the TSF of the
5724 * BSS that the interface that requested the scan is connected to
5726 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SET_SCAN_DWELL: This driver supports configuration of
5727 * channel dwell time.
5728 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_LEGACY: Driver supports beacon rate
5729 * configuration (AP/mesh), supporting a legacy (non HT/VHT) rate.
5730 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HT: Driver supports beacon rate
5731 * configuration (AP/mesh) with HT rates.
5732 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_VHT: Driver supports beacon rate
5733 * configuration (AP/mesh) with VHT rates.
5734 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_STA: This driver supports Fast Initial Link Setup
5735 * with user space SME (NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE) in station mode.
5736 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MGMT_TX_RANDOM_TA: This driver supports randomized TA
5737 * in @NL80211_CMD_FRAME while not associated.
5738 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MGMT_TX_RANDOM_TA_CONNECTED: This driver supports
5739 * randomized TA in @NL80211_CMD_FRAME while associated.
5740 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI: The driver supports sched_scan
5741 * for reporting BSSs with better RSSI than the current connected BSS
5742 * (%NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI).
5743 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CQM_RSSI_LIST: With this driver the
5744 * %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THOLD attribute accepts a list of zero or more
5745 * RSSI threshold values to monitor rather than exactly one threshold.
5746 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_SK_OFFLOAD: Driver SME supports FILS shared key
5747 * authentication with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT.
5748 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_PSK: Device wants to do 4-way
5749 * handshake with PSK in station mode (PSK is passed as part of the connect
5750 * and associate commands), doing it in the host might not be supported.
5751 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_1X: Device wants to do doing 4-way
5752 * handshake with 802.1X in station mode (will pass EAP frames to the host
5753 * and accept the set_pmk/del_pmk commands), doing it in the host might not
5755 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_MAX_CHANNEL_TIME: Driver is capable of overriding
5756 * the max channel attribute in the FILS request params IE with the
5757 * actual dwell time.
5758 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACCEPT_BCAST_PROBE_RESP: Driver accepts broadcast probe
5760 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OCE_PROBE_REQ_HIGH_TX_RATE: Driver supports sending
5761 * the first probe request in each channel at rate of at least 5.5Mbps.
5762 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OCE_PROBE_REQ_DEFERRAL_SUPPRESSION: Driver supports
5763 * probe request tx deferral and suppression
5764 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MFP_OPTIONAL: Driver supports the %NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL
5765 * value in %NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP.
5766 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_LOW_SPAN_SCAN: Driver supports low span scan.
5767 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_LOW_POWER_SCAN: Driver supports low power scan.
5768 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_HIGH_ACCURACY_SCAN: Driver supports high accuracy scan.
5769 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DFS_OFFLOAD: HW/driver will offload DFS actions.
5770 * Device or driver will do all DFS-related actions by itself,
5771 * informing user-space about CAC progress, radar detection event,
5772 * channel change triggered by radar detection event.
5773 * No need to start CAC from user-space, no need to react to
5774 * "radar detected" event.
5775 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211: Driver supports sending and
5776 * receiving control port frames over nl80211 instead of the netdevice.
5777 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACK_SIGNAL_SUPPORT: This driver/device supports
5778 * (average) ACK signal strength reporting.
5779 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_TXQS: Driver supports FQ-CoDel-enabled intermediate
5781 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_RANDOM_SN: Driver/device supports randomizing the
5782 * SN in probe request frames if requested by %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_SN.
5783 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_MIN_PREQ_CONTENT: Driver/device can omit all data
5784 * except for supported rates from the probe request content if requested
5785 * by the %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_MIN_PREQ_CONTENT flag.
5786 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ENABLE_FTM_RESPONDER: Driver supports enabling fine
5787 * timing measurement responder role.
5789 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CAN_REPLACE_PTK0: Driver/device confirm that they are
5790 * able to rekey an in-use key correctly. Userspace must not rekey PTK keys
5791 * if this flag is not set. Ignoring this can leak clear text packets and/or
5792 * freeze the connection.
5793 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_EXT_KEY_ID: Driver supports "Extended Key ID for
5794 * Individually Addressed Frames" from IEEE802.11-2016.
5796 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AIRTIME_FAIRNESS: Driver supports getting airtime
5797 * fairness for transmitted packets and has enabled airtime fairness
5800 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AP_PMKSA_CACHING: Driver/device supports PMKSA caching
5801 * (set/del PMKSA operations) in AP mode.
5803 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_BAND_SPECIFIC_RSSI_THOLD: Driver supports
5804 * filtering of sched scan results using band specific RSSI thresholds.
5806 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_STA_TX_PWR: This driver supports controlling tx power
5809 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SAE_OFFLOAD: Device wants to do SAE authentication in
5810 * station mode (SAE password is passed as part of the connect command).
5812 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_VLAN_OFFLOAD: The driver supports a single netdev
5813 * with VLAN tagged frames and separate VLAN-specific netdevs added using
5814 * vconfig similarly to the Ethernet case.
5816 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AQL: The driver supports the Airtime Queue Limit (AQL)
5817 * feature, which prevents bufferbloat by using the expected transmission
5818 * time to limit the amount of data buffered in the hardware.
5820 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_PROTECTION: The driver supports Beacon protection
5821 * and can receive key configuration for BIGTK using key indexes 6 and 7.
5822 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_PROTECTION_CLIENT: The driver supports Beacon
5823 * protection as a client only and cannot transmit protected beacons.
5825 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CONTROL_PORT_NO_PREAUTH: The driver can disable the
5826 * forwarding of preauth frames over the control port. They are then
5827 * handled as ordinary data frames.
5829 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_PROTECTED_TWT: Driver supports protected TWT frames
5831 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DEL_IBSS_STA: The driver supports removing stations
5832 * in IBSS mode, essentially by dropping their state.
5834 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MULTICAST_REGISTRATIONS: management frame registrations
5835 * are possible for multicast frames and those will be reported properly.
5837 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_FREQ_KHZ: This driver supports receiving and
5838 * reporting scan request with %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQ_KHZ. In order to
5839 * report %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQ_KHZ, %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FREQ_KHZ must be
5840 * included in the scan request.
5842 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211_TX_STATUS: The driver
5843 * can report tx status for control port over nl80211 tx operations.
5845 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OPERATING_CHANNEL_VALIDATION: Driver supports Operating
5846 * Channel Validation (OCV) when using driver's SME for RSNA handshakes.
5848 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_AP_PSK: Device wants to do 4-way
5849 * handshake with PSK in AP mode (PSK is passed as part of the start AP
5852 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SAE_OFFLOAD_AP: Device wants to do SAE authentication
5853 * in AP mode (SAE password is passed as part of the start AP command).
5855 * @NUM_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES: number of extended features.
5856 * @MAX_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES: highest extended feature index.
5858 enum nl80211_ext_feature_index {
5859 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_VHT_IBSS,
5860 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_RRM,
5861 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MU_MIMO_AIR_SNIFFER,
5862 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_START_TIME,
5863 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BSS_PARENT_TSF,
5864 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SET_SCAN_DWELL,
5865 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_LEGACY,
5866 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HT,
5867 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_VHT,
5868 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_STA,
5869 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MGMT_TX_RANDOM_TA,
5870 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MGMT_TX_RANDOM_TA_CONNECTED,
5871 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI,
5872 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CQM_RSSI_LIST,
5873 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_SK_OFFLOAD,
5874 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_PSK,
5875 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_1X,
5876 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_MAX_CHANNEL_TIME,
5877 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACCEPT_BCAST_PROBE_RESP,
5878 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OCE_PROBE_REQ_HIGH_TX_RATE,
5879 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OCE_PROBE_REQ_DEFERRAL_SUPPRESSION,
5880 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MFP_OPTIONAL,
5881 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_LOW_SPAN_SCAN,
5882 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_LOW_POWER_SCAN,
5883 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_HIGH_ACCURACY_SCAN,
5884 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DFS_OFFLOAD,
5885 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211,
5886 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACK_SIGNAL_SUPPORT,
5887 /* we renamed this - stay compatible */
5888 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DATA_ACK_SIGNAL_SUPPORT = NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACK_SIGNAL_SUPPORT,
5889 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_TXQS,
5890 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_RANDOM_SN,
5891 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_MIN_PREQ_CONTENT,
5892 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CAN_REPLACE_PTK0,
5893 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ENABLE_FTM_RESPONDER,
5894 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AIRTIME_FAIRNESS,
5895 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AP_PMKSA_CACHING,
5896 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_BAND_SPECIFIC_RSSI_THOLD,
5897 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_EXT_KEY_ID,
5898 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_STA_TX_PWR,
5899 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SAE_OFFLOAD,
5900 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_VLAN_OFFLOAD,
5901 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AQL,
5902 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_PROTECTION,
5903 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CONTROL_PORT_NO_PREAUTH,
5904 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_PROTECTED_TWT,
5905 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DEL_IBSS_STA,
5906 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MULTICAST_REGISTRATIONS,
5907 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_PROTECTION_CLIENT,
5908 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_FREQ_KHZ,
5909 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211_TX_STATUS,
5910 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OPERATING_CHANNEL_VALIDATION,
5911 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_AP_PSK,
5912 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SAE_OFFLOAD_AP,
5914 /* add new features before the definition below */
5915 NUM_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES,
5916 MAX_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES = NUM_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES - 1
5920 * enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr - optional supported
5921 * protocols for probe-response offloading by the driver/FW.
5922 * To be used with the %NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD attribute.
5923 * Each enum value represents a bit in the bitmap of supported
5924 * protocols. Typically a subset of probe-requests belonging to a
5925 * supported protocol will be excluded from offload and uploaded
5928 * @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS: Support for WPS ver. 1
5929 * @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS2: Support for WPS ver. 2
5930 * @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_P2P: Support for P2P
5931 * @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_80211U: Support for 802.11u
5933 enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr {
5934 NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS = 1<<0,
5935 NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS2 = 1<<1,
5936 NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_P2P = 1<<2,
5937 NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_80211U = 1<<3,
5941 * enum nl80211_connect_failed_reason - connection request failed reasons
5942 * @NL80211_CONN_FAIL_MAX_CLIENTS: Maximum number of clients that can be
5943 * handled by the AP is reached.
5944 * @NL80211_CONN_FAIL_BLOCKED_CLIENT: Connection request is rejected due to ACL.
5946 enum nl80211_connect_failed_reason {
5947 NL80211_CONN_FAIL_MAX_CLIENTS,
5948 NL80211_CONN_FAIL_BLOCKED_CLIENT,
5952 * enum nl80211_timeout_reason - timeout reasons
5954 * @NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED: Timeout reason unspecified.
5955 * @NL80211_TIMEOUT_SCAN: Scan (AP discovery) timed out.
5956 * @NL80211_TIMEOUT_AUTH: Authentication timed out.
5957 * @NL80211_TIMEOUT_ASSOC: Association timed out.
5959 enum nl80211_timeout_reason {
5960 NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED,
5961 NL80211_TIMEOUT_SCAN,
5962 NL80211_TIMEOUT_AUTH,
5963 NL80211_TIMEOUT_ASSOC,
5967 * enum nl80211_scan_flags - scan request control flags
5969 * Scan request control flags are used to control the handling
5970 * of NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN and NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN
5973 * NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_SPAN, NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_POWER, and
5974 * NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_HIGH_ACCURACY flags are exclusive of each other, i.e., only
5975 * one of them can be used in the request.
5977 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_PRIORITY: scan request has low priority
5978 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FLUSH: flush cache before scanning
5979 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_AP: force a scan even if the interface is configured
5980 * as AP and the beaconing has already been configured. This attribute is
5981 * dangerous because will destroy stations performance as a lot of frames
5982 * will be lost while scanning off-channel, therefore it must be used only
5983 * when really needed
5984 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR: use a random MAC address for this scan (or
5985 * for scheduled scan: a different one for every scan iteration). When the
5986 * flag is set, depending on device capabilities the @NL80211_ATTR_MAC and
5987 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_MASK attributes may also be given in which case only
5988 * the masked bits will be preserved from the MAC address and the remainder
5989 * randomised. If the attributes are not given full randomisation (46 bits,
5990 * locally administered 1, multicast 0) is assumed.
5991 * This flag must not be requested when the feature isn't supported, check
5992 * the nl80211 feature flags for the device.
5993 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FILS_MAX_CHANNEL_TIME: fill the dwell time in the FILS
5994 * request parameters IE in the probe request
5995 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_ACCEPT_BCAST_PROBE_RESP: accept broadcast probe responses
5996 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_OCE_PROBE_REQ_HIGH_TX_RATE: send probe request frames at
5997 * rate of at least 5.5M. In case non OCE AP is discovered in the channel,
5998 * only the first probe req in the channel will be sent in high rate.
5999 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_OCE_PROBE_REQ_DEFERRAL_SUPPRESSION: allow probe request
6000 * tx deferral (dot11FILSProbeDelay shall be set to 15ms)
6001 * and suppression (if it has received a broadcast Probe Response frame,
6002 * Beacon frame or FILS Discovery frame from an AP that the STA considers
6003 * a suitable candidate for (re-)association - suitable in terms of
6005 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_SPAN: Span corresponds to the total time taken to
6006 * accomplish the scan. Thus, this flag intends the driver to perform the
6007 * scan request with lesser span/duration. It is specific to the driver
6008 * implementations on how this is accomplished. Scan accuracy may get
6009 * impacted with this flag.
6010 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_POWER: This flag intends the scan attempts to consume
6011 * optimal possible power. Drivers can resort to their specific means to
6012 * optimize the power. Scan accuracy may get impacted with this flag.
6013 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_HIGH_ACCURACY: Accuracy here intends to the extent of scan
6014 * results obtained. Thus HIGH_ACCURACY scan flag aims to get maximum
6015 * possible scan results. This flag hints the driver to use the best
6016 * possible scan configuration to improve the accuracy in scanning.
6017 * Latency and power use may get impacted with this flag.
6018 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_SN: randomize the sequence number in probe
6019 * request frames from this scan to avoid correlation/tracking being
6021 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_MIN_PREQ_CONTENT: minimize probe request content to
6022 * only have supported rates and no additional capabilities (unless
6023 * added by userspace explicitly.)
6024 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FREQ_KHZ: report scan results with
6025 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQ_KHZ. This also means
6026 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES will not be included.
6028 enum nl80211_scan_flags {
6029 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_PRIORITY = 1<<0,
6030 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FLUSH = 1<<1,
6031 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_AP = 1<<2,
6032 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR = 1<<3,
6033 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FILS_MAX_CHANNEL_TIME = 1<<4,
6034 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_ACCEPT_BCAST_PROBE_RESP = 1<<5,
6035 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_OCE_PROBE_REQ_HIGH_TX_RATE = 1<<6,
6036 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_OCE_PROBE_REQ_DEFERRAL_SUPPRESSION = 1<<7,
6037 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_SPAN = 1<<8,
6038 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_POWER = 1<<9,
6039 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_HIGH_ACCURACY = 1<<10,
6040 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_SN = 1<<11,
6041 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_MIN_PREQ_CONTENT = 1<<12,
6042 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FREQ_KHZ = 1<<13,
6046 * enum nl80211_acl_policy - access control policy
6048 * Access control policy is applied on a MAC list set by
6049 * %NL80211_CMD_START_AP and %NL80211_CMD_SET_MAC_ACL, to
6050 * be used with %NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY.
6052 * @NL80211_ACL_POLICY_ACCEPT_UNLESS_LISTED: Deny stations which are
6053 * listed in ACL, i.e. allow all the stations which are not listed
6054 * in ACL to authenticate.
6055 * @NL80211_ACL_POLICY_DENY_UNLESS_LISTED: Allow the stations which are listed
6056 * in ACL, i.e. deny all the stations which are not listed in ACL.
6058 enum nl80211_acl_policy {
6059 NL80211_ACL_POLICY_ACCEPT_UNLESS_LISTED,
6060 NL80211_ACL_POLICY_DENY_UNLESS_LISTED,
6064 * enum nl80211_smps_mode - SMPS mode
6066 * Requested SMPS mode (for AP mode)
6068 * @NL80211_SMPS_OFF: SMPS off (use all antennas).
6069 * @NL80211_SMPS_STATIC: static SMPS (use a single antenna)
6070 * @NL80211_SMPS_DYNAMIC: dynamic smps (start with a single antenna and
6071 * turn on other antennas after CTS/RTS).
6073 enum nl80211_smps_mode {
6075 NL80211_SMPS_STATIC,
6076 NL80211_SMPS_DYNAMIC,
6078 __NL80211_SMPS_AFTER_LAST,
6079 NL80211_SMPS_MAX = __NL80211_SMPS_AFTER_LAST - 1
6083 * enum nl80211_radar_event - type of radar event for DFS operation
6085 * Type of event to be used with NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT to inform userspace
6086 * about detected radars or success of the channel available check (CAC)
6088 * @NL80211_RADAR_DETECTED: A radar pattern has been detected. The channel is
6090 * @NL80211_RADAR_CAC_FINISHED: Channel Availability Check has been finished,
6091 * the channel is now available.
6092 * @NL80211_RADAR_CAC_ABORTED: Channel Availability Check has been aborted, no
6093 * change to the channel status.
6094 * @NL80211_RADAR_NOP_FINISHED: The Non-Occupancy Period for this channel is
6095 * over, channel becomes usable.
6096 * @NL80211_RADAR_PRE_CAC_EXPIRED: Channel Availability Check done on this
6097 * non-operating channel is expired and no longer valid. New CAC must
6098 * be done on this channel before starting the operation. This is not
6099 * applicable for ETSI dfs domain where pre-CAC is valid for ever.
6100 * @NL80211_RADAR_CAC_STARTED: Channel Availability Check has been started,
6101 * should be generated by HW if NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DFS_OFFLOAD is enabled.
6103 enum nl80211_radar_event {
6104 NL80211_RADAR_DETECTED,
6105 NL80211_RADAR_CAC_FINISHED,
6106 NL80211_RADAR_CAC_ABORTED,
6107 NL80211_RADAR_NOP_FINISHED,
6108 NL80211_RADAR_PRE_CAC_EXPIRED,
6109 NL80211_RADAR_CAC_STARTED,
6113 * enum nl80211_dfs_state - DFS states for channels
6115 * Channel states used by the DFS code.
6117 * @NL80211_DFS_USABLE: The channel can be used, but channel availability
6118 * check (CAC) must be performed before using it for AP or IBSS.
6119 * @NL80211_DFS_UNAVAILABLE: A radar has been detected on this channel, it
6120 * is therefore marked as not available.
6121 * @NL80211_DFS_AVAILABLE: The channel has been CAC checked and is available.
6123 enum nl80211_dfs_state {
6125 NL80211_DFS_UNAVAILABLE,
6126 NL80211_DFS_AVAILABLE,
6130 * enum nl80211_protocol_features - nl80211 protocol features
6131 * @NL80211_PROTOCOL_FEATURE_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP: nl80211 supports splitting
6132 * wiphy dumps (if requested by the application with the attribute
6133 * %NL80211_ATTR_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP. Also supported is filtering the
6134 * wiphy dump by %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY, %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX or
6135 * %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV.
6137 enum nl80211_protocol_features {
6138 NL80211_PROTOCOL_FEATURE_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP = 1 << 0,
6142 * enum nl80211_crit_proto_id - nl80211 critical protocol identifiers
6144 * @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_UNSPEC: protocol unspecified.
6145 * @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_DHCP: BOOTP or DHCPv6 protocol.
6146 * @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_EAPOL: EAPOL protocol.
6147 * @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_APIPA: APIPA protocol.
6148 * @NUM_NL80211_CRIT_PROTO: must be kept last.
6150 enum nl80211_crit_proto_id {
6151 NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_UNSPEC,
6152 NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_DHCP,
6153 NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_EAPOL,
6154 NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_APIPA,
6155 /* add other protocols before this one */
6156 NUM_NL80211_CRIT_PROTO
6159 /* maximum duration for critical protocol measures */
6160 #define NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_MAX_DURATION 5000 /* msec */
6163 * enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags - flags for received management frame.
6165 * Used by cfg80211_rx_mgmt()
6167 * @NL80211_RXMGMT_FLAG_ANSWERED: frame was answered by device/driver.
6168 * @NL80211_RXMGMT_FLAG_EXTERNAL_AUTH: Host driver intends to offload
6169 * the authentication. Exclusively defined for host drivers that
6170 * advertises the SME functionality but would like the userspace
6171 * to handle certain authentication algorithms (e.g. SAE).
6173 enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags {
6174 NL80211_RXMGMT_FLAG_ANSWERED = 1 << 0,
6175 NL80211_RXMGMT_FLAG_EXTERNAL_AUTH = 1 << 1,
6179 * If this flag is unset, the lower 24 bits are an OUI, if set
6180 * a Linux nl80211 vendor ID is used (no such IDs are allocated
6181 * yet, so that's not valid so far)
6183 #define NL80211_VENDOR_ID_IS_LINUX 0x80000000
6186 * struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info - vendor command data
6187 * @vendor_id: If the %NL80211_VENDOR_ID_IS_LINUX flag is clear, then the
6188 * value is a 24-bit OUI; if it is set then a separately allocated ID
6189 * may be used, but no such IDs are allocated yet. New IDs should be
6190 * added to this file when needed.
6191 * @subcmd: sub-command ID for the command
6193 struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info {
6199 * enum nl80211_tdls_peer_capability - TDLS peer flags.
6201 * Used by tdls_mgmt() to determine which conditional elements need
6202 * to be added to TDLS Setup frames.
6204 * @NL80211_TDLS_PEER_HT: TDLS peer is HT capable.
6205 * @NL80211_TDLS_PEER_VHT: TDLS peer is VHT capable.
6206 * @NL80211_TDLS_PEER_WMM: TDLS peer is WMM capable.
6208 enum nl80211_tdls_peer_capability {
6209 NL80211_TDLS_PEER_HT = 1<<0,
6210 NL80211_TDLS_PEER_VHT = 1<<1,
6211 NL80211_TDLS_PEER_WMM = 1<<2,
6215 * enum nl80211_sched_scan_plan - scanning plan for scheduled scan
6216 * @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
6217 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_INTERVAL: interval between scan iterations. In
6219 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_ITERATIONS: number of scan iterations in this
6220 * scan plan (u32). The last scan plan must not specify this attribute
6221 * because it will run infinitely. A value of zero is invalid as it will
6222 * make the scan plan meaningless.
6223 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_MAX: highest scheduled scan plan attribute number
6225 * @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_AFTER_LAST: internal use
6227 enum nl80211_sched_scan_plan {
6228 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_INVALID,
6229 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_INTERVAL,
6230 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_ITERATIONS,
6233 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_AFTER_LAST,
6234 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_MAX =
6235 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_AFTER_LAST - 1
6239 * struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust - RSSI adjustment parameters.
6241 * @band: band of BSS that must match for RSSI value adjustment. The value
6242 * of this field is according to &enum nl80211_band.
6243 * @delta: value used to adjust the RSSI value of matching BSS in dB.
6245 struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust {
6248 } __attribute__((packed));
6251 * enum nl80211_bss_select_attr - attributes for bss selection.
6253 * @__NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_INVALID: reserved.
6254 * @NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI: Flag indicating only RSSI-based BSS selection
6256 * @NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_BAND_PREF: attribute indicating BSS
6257 * selection should be done such that the specified band is preferred.
6258 * When there are multiple BSS-es in the preferred band, the driver
6259 * shall use RSSI-based BSS selection as a second step. The value of
6260 * this attribute is according to &enum nl80211_band (u32).
6261 * @NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST: When present the RSSI level for
6262 * BSS-es in the specified band is to be adjusted before doing
6263 * RSSI-based BSS selection. The attribute value is a packed structure
6264 * value as specified by &struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust.
6265 * @NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_MAX: highest bss select attribute number.
6266 * @__NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use.
6268 * One and only one of these attributes are found within %NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SELECT
6269 * for %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT. It specifies the required BSS selection behaviour
6270 * which the driver shall use.
6272 enum nl80211_bss_select_attr {
6273 __NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_INVALID,
6274 NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI,
6275 NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_BAND_PREF,
6276 NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST,
6279 __NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
6280 NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
6284 * enum nl80211_nan_function_type - NAN function type
6286 * Defines the function type of a NAN function
6288 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH: function is publish
6289 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE: function is subscribe
6290 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP: function is follow-up
6292 enum nl80211_nan_function_type {
6293 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH,
6294 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE,
6295 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP,
6298 __NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE_AFTER_LAST,
6299 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_MAX_TYPE = __NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE_AFTER_LAST - 1,
6303 * enum nl80211_nan_publish_type - NAN publish tx type
6305 * Defines how to send publish Service Discovery Frames
6307 * @NL80211_NAN_SOLICITED_PUBLISH: publish function is solicited
6308 * @NL80211_NAN_UNSOLICITED_PUBLISH: publish function is unsolicited
6310 enum nl80211_nan_publish_type {
6311 NL80211_NAN_SOLICITED_PUBLISH = 1 << 0,
6312 NL80211_NAN_UNSOLICITED_PUBLISH = 1 << 1,
6316 * enum nl80211_nan_func_term_reason - NAN functions termination reason
6318 * Defines termination reasons of a NAN function
6320 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_USER_REQUEST: requested by user
6321 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_TTL_EXPIRED: timeout
6322 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_ERROR: errored
6324 enum nl80211_nan_func_term_reason {
6325 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_USER_REQUEST,
6326 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_TTL_EXPIRED,
6327 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_ERROR,
6330 #define NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_ID_LEN 6
6331 #define NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_SPEC_INFO_MAX_LEN 0xff
6332 #define NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SRF_MAX_LEN 0xff
6335 * enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes - NAN function attributes
6336 * @__NL80211_NAN_FUNC_INVALID: invalid
6337 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE: &enum nl80211_nan_function_type (u8).
6338 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_ID: 6 bytes of the service ID hash as
6339 * specified in NAN spec. This is a binary attribute.
6340 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH_TYPE: relevant if the function's type is
6341 * publish. Defines the transmission type for the publish Service Discovery
6342 * Frame, see &enum nl80211_nan_publish_type. Its type is u8.
6343 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH_BCAST: relevant if the function is a solicited
6344 * publish. Should the solicited publish Service Discovery Frame be sent to
6345 * the NAN Broadcast address. This is a flag.
6346 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE_ACTIVE: relevant if the function's type is
6347 * subscribe. Is the subscribe active. This is a flag.
6348 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_ID: relevant if the function's type is follow up.
6349 * The instance ID for the follow up Service Discovery Frame. This is u8.
6350 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_REQ_ID: relevant if the function's type
6351 * is follow up. This is a u8.
6352 * The requestor instance ID for the follow up Service Discovery Frame.
6353 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_DEST: the MAC address of the recipient of the
6354 * follow up Service Discovery Frame. This is a binary attribute.
6355 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_CLOSE_RANGE: is this function limited for devices in a
6356 * close range. The range itself (RSSI) is defined by the device.
6358 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TTL: strictly positive number of DWs this function should
6359 * stay active. If not present infinite TTL is assumed. This is a u32.
6360 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_INFO: array of bytes describing the service
6361 * specific info. This is a binary attribute.
6362 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SRF: Service Receive Filter. This is a nested attribute.
6363 * See &enum nl80211_nan_srf_attributes.
6364 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_RX_MATCH_FILTER: Receive Matching filter. This is a nested
6365 * attribute. It is a list of binary values.
6366 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TX_MATCH_FILTER: Transmit Matching filter. This is a
6367 * nested attribute. It is a list of binary values.
6368 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_INSTANCE_ID: The instance ID of the function.
6369 * Its type is u8 and it cannot be 0.
6370 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON: NAN function termination reason.
6371 * See &enum nl80211_nan_func_term_reason.
6373 * @NUM_NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR: internal
6374 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR_MAX: highest NAN function attribute
6376 enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes {
6377 __NL80211_NAN_FUNC_INVALID,
6378 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE,
6379 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_ID,
6380 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH_TYPE,
6381 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH_BCAST,
6382 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE_ACTIVE,
6383 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_ID,
6384 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_REQ_ID,
6385 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_DEST,
6386 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_CLOSE_RANGE,
6387 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TTL,
6388 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_INFO,
6389 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SRF,
6390 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_RX_MATCH_FILTER,
6391 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TX_MATCH_FILTER,
6392 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_INSTANCE_ID,
6393 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON,
6396 NUM_NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR,
6397 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR - 1
6401 * enum nl80211_nan_srf_attributes - NAN Service Response filter attributes
6402 * @__NL80211_NAN_SRF_INVALID: invalid
6403 * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_INCLUDE: present if the include bit of the SRF set.
6405 * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF: Bloom Filter. Present if and only if
6406 * %NL80211_NAN_SRF_MAC_ADDRS isn't present. This attribute is binary.
6407 * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF_IDX: index of the Bloom Filter. Mandatory if
6408 * %NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF is present. This is a u8.
6409 * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_MAC_ADDRS: list of MAC addresses for the SRF. Present if
6410 * and only if %NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF isn't present. This is a nested
6411 * attribute. Each nested attribute is a MAC address.
6412 * @NUM_NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR: internal
6413 * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR_MAX: highest NAN SRF attribute
6415 enum nl80211_nan_srf_attributes {
6416 __NL80211_NAN_SRF_INVALID,
6417 NL80211_NAN_SRF_INCLUDE,
6419 NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF_IDX,
6420 NL80211_NAN_SRF_MAC_ADDRS,
6423 NUM_NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR,
6424 NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR - 1,
6428 * enum nl80211_nan_match_attributes - NAN match attributes
6429 * @__NL80211_NAN_MATCH_INVALID: invalid
6430 * @NL80211_NAN_MATCH_FUNC_LOCAL: the local function that had the
6431 * match. This is a nested attribute.
6432 * See &enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes.
6433 * @NL80211_NAN_MATCH_FUNC_PEER: the peer function
6434 * that caused the match. This is a nested attribute.
6435 * See &enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes.
6437 * @NUM_NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR: internal
6438 * @NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR_MAX: highest NAN match attribute
6440 enum nl80211_nan_match_attributes {
6441 __NL80211_NAN_MATCH_INVALID,
6442 NL80211_NAN_MATCH_FUNC_LOCAL,
6443 NL80211_NAN_MATCH_FUNC_PEER,
6446 NUM_NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR,
6447 NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR - 1
6451 * nl80211_external_auth_action - Action to perform with external
6452 * authentication request. Used by NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ACTION.
6453 * @NL80211_EXTERNAL_AUTH_START: Start the authentication.
6454 * @NL80211_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ABORT: Abort the ongoing authentication.
6456 enum nl80211_external_auth_action {
6457 NL80211_EXTERNAL_AUTH_START,
6458 NL80211_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ABORT,
6462 * enum nl80211_ftm_responder_attributes - fine timing measurement
6463 * responder attributes
6464 * @__NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid
6465 * @NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_ENABLED: FTM responder is enabled
6466 * @NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LCI: The content of Measurement Report Element
6467 * (9.4.2.22 in 802.11-2016) with type 8 - LCI (9.4.2.22.10),
6468 * i.e. starting with the measurement token
6469 * @NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_CIVIC: The content of Measurement Report Element
6470 * (9.4.2.22 in 802.11-2016) with type 11 - Civic (Section 9.4.2.22.13),
6471 * i.e. starting with the measurement token
6472 * @__NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LAST: Internal
6473 * @NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_MAX: highest FTM responder attribute.
6475 enum nl80211_ftm_responder_attributes {
6476 __NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_INVALID,
6478 NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_ENABLED,
6479 NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LCI,
6480 NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_CIVICLOC,
6483 __NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LAST,
6484 NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LAST - 1,
6488 * enum nl80211_ftm_responder_stats - FTM responder statistics
6490 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS
6491 * when getting FTM responder statistics.
6493 * @__NL80211_FTM_STATS_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
6494 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_SUCCESS_NUM: number of FTM sessions in which all frames
6495 * were ssfully answered (u32)
6496 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_PARTIAL_NUM: number of FTM sessions in which part of the
6497 * frames were successfully answered (u32)
6498 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_FAILED_NUM: number of failed FTM sessions (u32)
6499 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_ASAP_NUM: number of ASAP sessions (u32)
6500 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_NON_ASAP_NUM: number of non-ASAP sessions (u32)
6501 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_TOTAL_DURATION_MSEC: total sessions durations - gives an
6502 * indication of how much time the responder was busy (u64, msec)
6503 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_UNKNOWN_TRIGGERS_NUM: number of unknown FTM triggers -
6504 * triggers from initiators that didn't finish successfully the negotiation
6505 * phase with the responder (u32)
6506 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_RESCHEDULE_REQUESTS_NUM: number of FTM reschedule requests
6507 * - initiator asks for a new scheduling although it already has scheduled
6509 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_OUT_OF_WINDOW_TRIGGERS_NUM: number of FTM triggers out of
6510 * scheduled window (u32)
6511 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_PAD: used for padding, ignore
6512 * @__NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: Internal
6513 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_MAX: highest possible FTM responder stats attribute
6515 enum nl80211_ftm_responder_stats {
6516 __NL80211_FTM_STATS_INVALID,
6517 NL80211_FTM_STATS_SUCCESS_NUM,
6518 NL80211_FTM_STATS_PARTIAL_NUM,
6519 NL80211_FTM_STATS_FAILED_NUM,
6520 NL80211_FTM_STATS_ASAP_NUM,
6521 NL80211_FTM_STATS_NON_ASAP_NUM,
6522 NL80211_FTM_STATS_TOTAL_DURATION_MSEC,
6523 NL80211_FTM_STATS_UNKNOWN_TRIGGERS_NUM,
6524 NL80211_FTM_STATS_RESCHEDULE_REQUESTS_NUM,
6525 NL80211_FTM_STATS_OUT_OF_WINDOW_TRIGGERS_NUM,
6526 NL80211_FTM_STATS_PAD,
6529 __NL80211_FTM_STATS_AFTER_LAST,
6530 NL80211_FTM_STATS_MAX = __NL80211_FTM_STATS_AFTER_LAST - 1
6534 * enum nl80211_preamble - frame preamble types
6535 * @NL80211_PREAMBLE_LEGACY: legacy (HR/DSSS, OFDM, ERP PHY) preamble
6536 * @NL80211_PREAMBLE_HT: HT preamble
6537 * @NL80211_PREAMBLE_VHT: VHT preamble
6538 * @NL80211_PREAMBLE_DMG: DMG preamble
6539 * @NL80211_PREAMBLE_HE: HE preamble
6541 enum nl80211_preamble {
6542 NL80211_PREAMBLE_LEGACY,
6543 NL80211_PREAMBLE_HT,
6544 NL80211_PREAMBLE_VHT,
6545 NL80211_PREAMBLE_DMG,
6546 NL80211_PREAMBLE_HE,
6550 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_type - peer measurement types
6551 * @NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_INVALID: invalid/unused, needed as we use
6552 * these numbers also for attributes
6554 * @NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_FTM: flight time measurement
6556 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_TYPES: internal
6557 * @NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_MAX: highest type number
6559 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_type {
6560 NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_INVALID,
6562 NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_FTM,
6564 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_TYPES,
6565 NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_TYPES - 1
6569 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_status - peer measurement status
6570 * @NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_SUCCESS: measurement completed successfully
6571 * @NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_REFUSED: measurement was locally refused
6572 * @NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_TIMEOUT: measurement timed out
6573 * @NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_FAILURE: measurement failed, a type-dependent
6574 * reason may be available in the response data
6576 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_status {
6577 NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_SUCCESS,
6578 NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_REFUSED,
6579 NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_TIMEOUT,
6580 NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_FAILURE,
6584 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_req - peer measurement request attributes
6585 * @__NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_INVALID: invalid
6587 * @NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_DATA: This is a nested attribute with measurement
6588 * type-specific request data inside. The attributes used are from the
6589 * enums named nl80211_peer_measurement_<type>_req.
6590 * @NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_GET_AP_TSF: include AP TSF timestamp, if supported
6593 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTRS: internal
6594 * @NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number
6596 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_req {
6597 __NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_INVALID,
6599 NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_DATA,
6600 NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_GET_AP_TSF,
6603 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTRS,
6604 NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTRS - 1
6608 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_resp - peer measurement response attributes
6609 * @__NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_INVALID: invalid
6611 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_DATA: This is a nested attribute with measurement
6612 * type-specific results inside. The attributes used are from the enums
6613 * named nl80211_peer_measurement_<type>_resp.
6614 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_STATUS: u32 value with the measurement status
6615 * (using values from &enum nl80211_peer_measurement_status.)
6616 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_HOST_TIME: host time (%CLOCK_BOOTTIME) when the
6617 * result was measured; this value is not expected to be accurate to
6618 * more than 20ms. (u64, nanoseconds)
6619 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_AP_TSF: TSF of the AP that the interface
6620 * doing the measurement is connected to when the result was measured.
6621 * This shall be accurately reported if supported and requested
6623 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_FINAL: If results are sent to the host partially
6624 * (*e.g. with FTM per-burst data) this flag will be cleared on all but
6625 * the last result; if all results are combined it's set on the single
6627 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_PAD: padding for 64-bit attributes, ignore
6629 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTRS: internal
6630 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number
6632 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_resp {
6633 __NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_INVALID,
6635 NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_DATA,
6636 NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_STATUS,
6637 NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_HOST_TIME,
6638 NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_AP_TSF,
6639 NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_FINAL,
6640 NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_PAD,
6643 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTRS,
6644 NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTRS - 1
6648 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_peer_attrs - peer attributes for measurement
6649 * @__NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_INVALID: invalid
6651 * @NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_ADDR: peer's MAC address
6652 * @NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_CHAN: channel definition, nested, using top-level
6653 * attributes like %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ etc.
6654 * @NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_REQ: This is a nested attribute indexed by
6655 * measurement type, with attributes from the
6656 * &enum nl80211_peer_measurement_req inside.
6657 * @NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_RESP: This is a nested attribute indexed by
6658 * measurement type, with attributes from the
6659 * &enum nl80211_peer_measurement_resp inside.
6661 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTRS: internal
6662 * @NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number
6664 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_peer_attrs {
6665 __NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_INVALID,
6667 NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_ADDR,
6668 NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_CHAN,
6669 NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_REQ,
6670 NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_RESP,
6673 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTRS,
6674 NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTRS - 1,
6678 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_attrs - peer measurement attributes
6679 * @__NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_INVALID: invalid
6681 * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_MAX_PEERS: u32 attribute used for capability
6682 * advertisement only, indicates the maximum number of peers
6683 * measurements can be done with in a single request
6684 * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_REPORT_AP_TSF: flag attribute in capability
6685 * indicating that the connected AP's TSF can be reported in
6686 * measurement results
6687 * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_RANDOMIZE_MAC_ADDR: flag attribute in capability
6688 * indicating that MAC address randomization is supported.
6689 * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_TYPE_CAPA: capabilities reported by the device,
6690 * this contains a nesting indexed by measurement type, and
6691 * type-specific capabilities inside, which are from the enums
6692 * named nl80211_peer_measurement_<type>_capa.
6693 * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_PEERS: nested attribute, the nesting index is
6694 * meaningless, just a list of peers to measure with, with the
6695 * sub-attributes taken from
6696 * &enum nl80211_peer_measurement_peer_attrs.
6698 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_ATTR: internal
6699 * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number
6701 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_attrs {
6702 __NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_INVALID,
6704 NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_MAX_PEERS,
6705 NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_REPORT_AP_TSF,
6706 NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_RANDOMIZE_MAC_ADDR,
6707 NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_TYPE_CAPA,
6708 NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_PEERS,
6711 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_ATTR,
6712 NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_ATTR - 1
6716 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_capa - FTM capabilities
6717 * @__NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_INVALID: invalid
6719 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_ASAP: flag attribute indicating ASAP mode
6721 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_NON_ASAP: flag attribute indicating non-ASAP
6723 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_REQ_LCI: flag attribute indicating if LCI
6724 * data can be requested during the measurement
6725 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_REQ_CIVICLOC: flag attribute indicating if civic
6726 * location data can be requested during the measurement
6727 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_PREAMBLES: u32 bitmap attribute of bits
6728 * from &enum nl80211_preamble.
6729 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_BANDWIDTHS: bitmap of values from
6730 * &enum nl80211_chan_width indicating the supported channel
6731 * bandwidths for FTM. Note that a higher channel bandwidth may be
6732 * configured to allow for other measurements types with different
6733 * bandwidth requirement in the same measurement.
6734 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX_BURSTS_EXPONENT: u32 attribute indicating
6735 * the maximum bursts exponent that can be used (if not present anything
6737 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX_FTMS_PER_BURST: u32 attribute indicating
6738 * the maximum FTMs per burst (if not present anything is valid)
6739 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED: flag attribute indicating if
6740 * trigger based ranging measurement is supported
6741 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED: flag attribute indicating
6742 * if non trigger based ranging measurement is supported
6744 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR: internal
6745 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number
6747 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_capa {
6748 __NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_INVALID,
6750 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_ASAP,
6751 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_NON_ASAP,
6752 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_REQ_LCI,
6753 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_REQ_CIVICLOC,
6754 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_PREAMBLES,
6755 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_BANDWIDTHS,
6756 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX_BURSTS_EXPONENT,
6757 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX_FTMS_PER_BURST,
6758 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED,
6759 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED,
6762 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR,
6763 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR - 1
6767 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_req - FTM request attributes
6768 * @__NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_INVALID: invalid
6770 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_ASAP: ASAP mode requested (flag)
6771 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_PREAMBLE: preamble type (see
6772 * &enum nl80211_preamble), optional for DMG (u32)
6773 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NUM_BURSTS_EXP: number of bursts exponent as in
6774 * 802.11-2016 9.4.2.168 "Fine Timing Measurement Parameters element"
6775 * (u8, 0-15, optional with default 15 i.e. "no preference")
6776 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_BURST_PERIOD: interval between bursts in units
6777 * of 100ms (u16, optional with default 0)
6778 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_BURST_DURATION: burst duration, as in 802.11-2016
6779 * Table 9-257 "Burst Duration field encoding" (u8, 0-15, optional with
6780 * default 15 i.e. "no preference")
6781 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_FTMS_PER_BURST: number of successful FTM frames
6782 * requested per burst
6783 * (u8, 0-31, optional with default 0 i.e. "no preference")
6784 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_RETRIES: number of FTMR frame retries
6786 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_REQUEST_LCI: request LCI data (flag)
6787 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_REQUEST_CIVICLOC: request civic location data
6789 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED: request trigger based ranging
6790 * measurement (flag).
6791 * This attribute and %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED are
6792 * mutually exclusive.
6793 * if neither %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED nor
6794 * %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED is set, EDCA based
6795 * ranging will be used.
6796 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED: request non trigger based
6797 * ranging measurement (flag)
6798 * This attribute and %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED are
6799 * mutually exclusive.
6800 * if neither %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED nor
6801 * %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED is set, EDCA based
6802 * ranging will be used.
6804 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR: internal
6805 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number
6807 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_req {
6808 __NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_INVALID,
6810 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_ASAP,
6811 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_PREAMBLE,
6812 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NUM_BURSTS_EXP,
6813 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_BURST_PERIOD,
6814 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_BURST_DURATION,
6815 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_FTMS_PER_BURST,
6816 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_RETRIES,
6817 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_REQUEST_LCI,
6818 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_REQUEST_CIVICLOC,
6819 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED,
6820 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED,
6823 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR,
6824 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR - 1
6828 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_failure_reasons - FTM failure reasons
6829 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_UNSPECIFIED: unspecified failure, not used
6830 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_NO_RESPONSE: no response from the FTM responder
6831 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_REJECTED: FTM responder rejected measurement
6832 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_WRONG_CHANNEL: we already know the peer is
6833 * on a different channel, so can't measure (if we didn't know, we'd
6834 * try and get no response)
6835 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_PEER_NOT_CAPABLE: peer can't actually do FTM
6836 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_INVALID_TIMESTAMP: invalid T1/T4 timestamps
6838 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_PEER_BUSY: peer reports busy, you may retry
6839 * later (see %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BUSY_RETRY_TIME)
6840 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_BAD_CHANGED_PARAMS: parameters were changed
6841 * by the peer and are no longer supported
6843 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_failure_reasons {
6844 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_UNSPECIFIED,
6845 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_NO_RESPONSE,
6846 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_REJECTED,
6847 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_WRONG_CHANNEL,
6848 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_PEER_NOT_CAPABLE,
6849 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_INVALID_TIMESTAMP,
6850 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_PEER_BUSY,
6851 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_BAD_CHANGED_PARAMS,
6855 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_resp - FTM response attributes
6856 * @__NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_INVALID: invalid
6858 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_FAIL_REASON: FTM-specific failure reason
6860 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BURST_INDEX: optional, if bursts are reported
6861 * as separate results then it will be the burst index 0...(N-1) and
6862 * the top level will indicate partial results (u32)
6863 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_ATTEMPTS: number of FTM Request frames
6864 * transmitted (u32, optional)
6865 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_SUCCESSES: number of FTM Request frames
6866 * that were acknowleged (u32, optional)
6867 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BUSY_RETRY_TIME: retry time received from the
6868 * busy peer (u32, seconds)
6869 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_BURSTS_EXP: actual number of bursts exponent
6870 * used by the responder (similar to request, u8)
6871 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BURST_DURATION: actual burst duration used by
6872 * the responder (similar to request, u8)
6873 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_FTMS_PER_BURST: actual FTMs per burst used
6874 * by the responder (similar to request, u8)
6875 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RSSI_AVG: average RSSI across all FTM action
6876 * frames (optional, s32, 1/2 dBm)
6877 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RSSI_SPREAD: RSSI spread across all FTM action
6878 * frames (optional, s32, 1/2 dBm)
6879 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_TX_RATE: bitrate we used for the response to the
6880 * FTM action frame (optional, nested, using &enum nl80211_rate_info
6882 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RX_RATE: bitrate the responder used for the FTM
6883 * action frame (optional, nested, using &enum nl80211_rate_info attrs)
6884 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_AVG: average RTT (s64, picoseconds, optional
6885 * but one of RTT/DIST must be present)
6886 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_VARIANCE: RTT variance (u64, ps^2, note that
6887 * standard deviation is the square root of variance, optional)
6888 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_SPREAD: RTT spread (u64, picoseconds,
6890 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_AVG: average distance (s64, mm, optional
6891 * but one of RTT/DIST must be present)
6892 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_VARIANCE: distance variance (u64, mm^2, note
6893 * that standard deviation is the square root of variance, optional)
6894 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_SPREAD: distance spread (u64, mm, optional)
6895 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LCI: LCI data from peer (binary, optional);
6896 * this is the contents of the Measurement Report Element (802.11-2016
6897 * 9.4.2.22.1) starting with the Measurement Token, with Measurement
6899 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_CIVICLOC: civic location data from peer
6900 * (binary, optional);
6901 * this is the contents of the Measurement Report Element (802.11-2016
6902 * 9.4.2.22.1) starting with the Measurement Token, with Measurement
6904 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_PAD: ignore, for u64/s64 padding only
6906 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR: internal
6907 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number
6909 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_resp {
6910 __NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_INVALID,
6912 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_FAIL_REASON,
6913 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BURST_INDEX,
6914 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_ATTEMPTS,
6915 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_SUCCESSES,
6916 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BUSY_RETRY_TIME,
6917 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_BURSTS_EXP,
6918 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BURST_DURATION,
6919 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_FTMS_PER_BURST,
6920 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RSSI_AVG,
6921 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RSSI_SPREAD,
6922 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_TX_RATE,
6923 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RX_RATE,
6924 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_AVG,
6925 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_VARIANCE,
6926 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_SPREAD,
6927 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_AVG,
6928 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_VARIANCE,
6929 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_SPREAD,
6930 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LCI,
6931 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_CIVICLOC,
6932 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_PAD,
6935 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR,
6936 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR - 1
6940 * enum nl80211_obss_pd_attributes - OBSS packet detection attributes
6941 * @__NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid
6943 * @NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_MIN_OFFSET: the OBSS PD minimum tx power offset.
6944 * @NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_MAX_OFFSET: the OBSS PD maximum tx power offset.
6946 * @__NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_LAST: Internal
6947 * @NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_MAX: highest OBSS PD attribute.
6949 enum nl80211_obss_pd_attributes {
6950 __NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_INVALID,
6952 NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_MIN_OFFSET,
6953 NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_MAX_OFFSET,
6956 __NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_LAST,
6957 NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_LAST - 1,
6961 * enum nl80211_bss_color_attributes - BSS Color attributes
6962 * @__NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid
6964 * @NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_COLOR: the current BSS Color.
6965 * @NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_DISABLED: is BSS coloring disabled.
6966 * @NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_PARTIAL: the AID equation to be used..
6968 * @__NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_LAST: Internal
6969 * @NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_MAX: highest BSS Color attribute.
6971 enum nl80211_bss_color_attributes {
6972 __NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_INVALID,
6974 NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_COLOR,
6975 NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_DISABLED,
6976 NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_PARTIAL,
6979 __NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_LAST,
6980 NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_LAST - 1,
6984 * enum nl80211_iftype_akm_attributes - interface type AKM attributes
6985 * @__NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid
6987 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_IFTYPES: nested attribute containing a flag
6988 * attribute for each interface type that supports AKM suites specified in
6989 * %NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_SUITES
6990 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_SUITES: an array of u32. Used to indicate supported
6991 * AKM suites for the specified interface types.
6993 * @__NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_LAST: Internal
6994 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_MAX: highest interface type AKM attribute.
6996 enum nl80211_iftype_akm_attributes {
6997 __NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_INVALID,
6999 NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_IFTYPES,
7000 NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_SUITES,
7003 __NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_LAST,
7004 NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_LAST - 1,
7007 #endif /* __LINUX_NL80211_H */